mifr/subsurface
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/subsurface/subsurface.git synced 2024-11-28 13:10:19 +00:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity
subsurface/gtk-gui.c

2403 lines
77 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
/* gtk-gui.c */
/* gtk UI implementation */
/* creates the window and overall layout
* divelist, dive info, equipment and printing are handled in their own source files
*/
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
#include <libintl.h>
#include <glib/gi18n.h>
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <time.h>
Adding the right header file for R_OK on Windows Dang, I should have compile tested this on Windows before the last commit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-03 05:53:33 +00:00
#include <unistd.h>
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
#include <sys/stat.h>
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
#include "dive.h"
#include "divelist.h"
#include "display.h"
#include "display-gtk.h"
First implementation of native Uemis downloader This includes one major hack that uses a private data structure from libdivecomputer to allow us to show the Uemis Zurich as one computer the user can import from. Once the user has chosen the Uemis we don't use libdivecomputer but our own downloader. Just like in the libdicecomputer case this runs in its own thread and updates the import dialog with progress information. The code also keeps track of the last dive that has been downloaded from a Uemis computer so we only import new dives on subsequent downloads. And since the Uemis Zurich gives us its device id, we make this a "per divecomputer" property for people who dive with multiple Uemis Zurich computers. This uses the debugfile infrastructure to allow easily collecting debugging output - especially on Windows where by default console output is lost. Known limitations: when the Uemis runs out of space (it uses its filesystem for communication with the host computer) we have no graceful way to reset things. This is why the code doesn't try to download ALL dives on the computer but instead download them in increments of ten dives. This clearly needs to be addressed once I understand how to reset the device. The Cancel button of the import dialog isn't correctly hooked up, yet. I still need to figure out how to gracefully shut down a download without potentially hanging the device. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-25 14:28:47 +00:00
#include "uemis.h"
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
#include "libdivecomputer.h"
Clean up the drag and drop code and allow ripping off the Dive Profile Linus had used some deprecated interfcase and didn't correctly untangle the new window that he created (hiding it the window... very nifty). I think I'm closer to the real solution with a data structure that keeps track of the components of the new top level window that I need to be able to untangle (and eventually, destroy) at the end. The one error I also can't seem to get rid of is the Clean up the drag and drop code and allow ripping of the Dive Profile Gtk-CRITICAL **: IA__gtk_selection_data_set: assertion `length <= 0' failed Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-27 23:23:59 +00:00
GtkWidget *main_window;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GtkWidget *main_vbox;
GtkWidget *error_info_bar;
GtkWidget *error_label;
Add shorthand actions for showing just one of the panes Currently just tied to F1-F4 (for divelist, profile, info, and "all three" respectively), which is just crazy. But using "ctrl-P" for "Profile" isn't sane either, that's the standard printer keyboard shortcut. So what would be good keyboard shortcuts for these things? I also wonder how I can get gtk to shut up about the fact that a pane becomes too small for the contents of that pane? We very much want to do that, and it's very intentional. Gtk does the right thing apart from the whining (and apart from the visually ugly part of a widget that doesn't fit, but making it pretty doesn't really seem possible). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-06 21:00:01 +00:00
GtkWidget *vpane, *hpane;
Fix default size for scrollable notebook Linus change in commit bcb9f67819bc ("Make the notebook portion (dive notes/equipment/info) a scrollable window") created a really ugly default where the notebook Dive Notes always ended up with a vertical scrollbar. This picks a much saner default layout for the panes. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-19 01:06:32 +00:00
GtkWidget *notebook;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
int error_count;
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
const char *existing_filename;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
const char *divelist_font;
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
const char *default_filename;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
struct preferences prefs = {
SI_UNITS,
{ TRUE, FALSE, },
{ FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, 1.6, 4.0, 13.0},
FALSE
};
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
struct dcnicknamelist {
const char *nickname;
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
const char *model;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
uint32_t deviceid;
struct dcnicknamelist *next;
Fix nickname saving in XML file to deal with utf8 characters This makes the whole code much cleaner and simpler. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-31 04:27:01 +00:00
gboolean saved;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
};
static struct dcnicknamelist *nicknamelist;
char *nicknamestring;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
static GtkWidget *dive_profile;
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
static const char *default_dive_computer_vendor;
static const char *default_dive_computer_product;
Save dive computer device name. It is really annoying to have to type the device name each time you need to import a dive from your computer, if you are not using the default device name. This will save the device name in the configuration file and matches the logic currently used to save the dive computer name in the configuration file. Signed-off-by: Terrance Stanfield <t@hollowcranium.com>
2012-05-30 04:54:09 +00:00
static const char *default_dive_computer_device;
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
static gboolean force_download;
static gboolean prefer_downloaded;
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
Remove autogroup from the preferences and store per file instead Having two spots to toggle autogroup had always been a clear sign of insanity. The inconsistent ludicrous semantic of when we remembered the state of autogroup was even worse. This finally gets rid of that disaster and drops the autogroup setting from the preferences and makes it instead a per file property. When you save a file, it saves the state of the autogroup toggle. This seems much more useful - you may have files where you want to create trips by default. And others, where you don't. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 01:29:38 +00:00
GtkActionGroup *action_group;
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
struct units *get_output_units()
{
return &prefs.output_units;
}
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
static int is_default_dive_computer(const char *vendor, const char *product)
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
{
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
return default_dive_computer_vendor && !strcmp(vendor, default_dive_computer_vendor) &&
default_dive_computer_product && !strcmp(product, default_dive_computer_product);
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
}
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
int is_default_dive_computer_device(const char *name)
Save dive computer device name. It is really annoying to have to type the device name each time you need to import a dive from your computer, if you are not using the default device name. This will save the device name in the configuration file and matches the logic currently used to save the dive computer name in the configuration file. Signed-off-by: Terrance Stanfield <t@hollowcranium.com>
2012-05-30 04:54:09 +00:00
{
return default_dive_computer_device && !strcmp(name, default_dive_computer_device);
}
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
static void set_default_dive_computer(const char *vendor, const char *product)
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
{
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
if (!vendor || !*vendor)
return;
if (!product || !*product)
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
return;
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
if (is_default_dive_computer(vendor, product))
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
return;
Fixed some memory leaks related to string configuration entries Each time we retrieve a string configuration entry via subsurface_get_conf(), all the multiplatform methods in linux.c, macos.c, windows.c allocate memory for the returned value. In gtk-gui.c, lets try to release the memory at: default_dive_computer_vendor, default_dive_computer_product, divelist_font before assigning a new address to these pointers. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-04 20:52:09 +00:00
if (default_dive_computer_vendor)
free((void *)default_dive_computer_vendor);
if (default_dive_computer_product)
free((void *)default_dive_computer_product);
Ensure default dive computer strings can be freed We don't want to directly use the strings returned to us from libdivecomputer. Fixes bug 34 Reported-by: Sergey Starosek <sergey.starosek@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-12 15:23:04 +00:00
default_dive_computer_vendor = strdup(vendor);
default_dive_computer_product = strdup(product);
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("dive_computer_vendor", PREF_STRING, vendor);
subsurface_set_conf("dive_computer_product", PREF_STRING, product);
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
}
Save dive computer device name. It is really annoying to have to type the device name each time you need to import a dive from your computer, if you are not using the default device name. This will save the device name in the configuration file and matches the logic currently used to save the dive computer name in the configuration file. Signed-off-by: Terrance Stanfield <t@hollowcranium.com>
2012-05-30 04:54:09 +00:00
static void set_default_dive_computer_device(const char *name)
{
if (!name || !*name)
return;
if (is_default_dive_computer_device(name))
return;
Make sure memory for default_dive_computer_device is allocated When calling gtk-gui.c:set_default_dive_computer_device(), first free memory at default_dive_computer_device and then use strdup(). This fixed a case, where after selecting a device for the first time in the "Download" dialog, then pressing "OK" followed by "Cancel" (after a device error) the device text is garbled the next time the dialog is opened. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-22 16:07:50 +00:00
if (default_dive_computer_device)
free((void *)default_dive_computer_device);
default_dive_computer_device = strdup(name);
Save dive computer device name. It is really annoying to have to type the device name each time you need to import a dive from your computer, if you are not using the default device name. This will save the device name in the configuration file and matches the logic currently used to save the dive computer name in the configuration file. Signed-off-by: Terrance Stanfield <t@hollowcranium.com>
2012-05-30 04:54:09 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("dive_computer_device", PREF_STRING, name);
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
void repaint_dive(void)
{
update_dive(current_dive);
Make the dive list start as a plain notebook page I've been wondering how to make 'subsurface' work better on a small screen (I used to travel with a crappy netbook - I may have upgraded my laptop since, but it is still a design goal of mine to make sure it all works fine in that kind of environment). And ever since the dive list was made much wider and moved below the notebook, it's annoyed me how much room it all takes if I want to have both a reasonable plot window and several dives visible at the same time. The solution seems to be to just make the dive list be a notebook page. That makes the default layout very dense. At the same time, when you have the pixels, it's horrible, because you would want to see the dive list and move between dives while at the same time also seeing the dive profile change. But that is solvable by simply making the dive list notebook page be detachable, so if you have a nice big screen, just detach the dive list page and now you have independent windows for the dive list and the dive info. NOTE! I don't have any way to re-attach the dang thing. I think I'd need to learn about drag-and-drop targets etc. So once you've detached the dive list, it stays detached. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-27 17:38:07 +00:00
if (dive_profile)
gtk_widget_queue_draw(dive_profile);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
Have "make install" act more as expected for a desktop application I'm trying to get subsurface to get closer to becoming a "regular desktop application"; so far this is based on the recommendations and guidelines on OpenSUSE and Fedora. The icon is now named subsurface.svg and make install installs it in the correct location. At runtime subsurface first checks if an icon is installed and if it is it uses that - otherwise it falls back to the old code that tries to read the svg file from the current directory. We also install a subsurface.desktop file Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-11 22:58:38 +00:00
static gboolean need_icon = TRUE;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
static void on_info_bar_response(GtkWidget *widget, gint response,
gpointer data)
{
if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_OK)
{
gtk_widget_destroy(widget);
error_info_bar = NULL;
}
}
void report_error(GError* error)
{
if (error == NULL)
{
return;
}
Do some whitespace cleanup The previous commit was a patch from Lubomir, which also had some whitespace fixes (to go with some new whitespace bugs to replace them) in it. I removed the whitespace changes from that patch (don't mix whitespace fixes with other fixes, unless they are on the same lines!) but decided to look for other whitespace issues, and this is the result. I left the non-C files alone, some of the spec and script files also have whitespace at the end of lines etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-26 21:41:05 +00:00
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
if (error_info_bar == NULL)
{
error_count = 1;
error_info_bar = gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons(GTK_STOCK_OK,
GTK_RESPONSE_OK,
NULL);
g_signal_connect(error_info_bar, "response", G_CALLBACK(on_info_bar_response), NULL);
gtk_info_bar_set_message_type(GTK_INFO_BAR(error_info_bar),
GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR);
Do some whitespace cleanup The previous commit was a patch from Lubomir, which also had some whitespace fixes (to go with some new whitespace bugs to replace them) in it. I removed the whitespace changes from that patch (don't mix whitespace fixes with other fixes, unless they are on the same lines!) but decided to look for other whitespace issues, and this is the result. I left the non-C files alone, some of the spec and script files also have whitespace at the end of lines etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-26 21:41:05 +00:00
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
error_label = gtk_label_new(error->message);
GtkWidget *container = gtk_info_bar_get_content_area(GTK_INFO_BAR(error_info_bar));
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(container), error_label);
Do some whitespace cleanup The previous commit was a patch from Lubomir, which also had some whitespace fixes (to go with some new whitespace bugs to replace them) in it. I removed the whitespace changes from that patch (don't mix whitespace fixes with other fixes, unless they are on the same lines!) but decided to look for other whitespace issues, and this is the result. I left the non-C files alone, some of the spec and script files also have whitespace at the end of lines etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-26 21:41:05 +00:00
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(main_vbox), error_info_bar, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
gtk_widget_show_all(main_vbox);
}
else
{
error_count++;
char buffer[256];
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), _("Failed to open %i files."), error_count);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_label_set(GTK_LABEL(error_label), buffer);
}
}
Put creation of the file selector box filter into helper function This avoids duplication of code. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:22:36 +00:00
static GtkFileFilter *setup_filter(void)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
Put creation of the file selector box filter into helper function This avoids duplication of code. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:22:36 +00:00
GtkFileFilter *filter = gtk_file_filter_new();
Add a xml file filter to the file open dialog My home directory is a mess. Don't show all the crap, just the stuff that might be relevant. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:18:23 +00:00
gtk_file_filter_add_pattern(filter, "*.xml");
gtk_file_filter_add_pattern(filter, "*.XML");
gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type(filter, "text/xml");
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
gtk_file_filter_set_name(filter, _("XML file"));
Fix broken default filename for save-as The existing code set the filename to the full path of the last input file and didn't set the path at all. Instead we now split the existing filename into its path and file component and set up the choser accordingly. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-26 19:51:18 +00:00
Put creation of the file selector box filter into helper function This avoids duplication of code. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:22:36 +00:00
return filter;
Fix broken default filename for save-as The existing code set the filename to the full path of the last input file and didn't set the path at all. Instead we now split the existing filename into its path and file component and set up the choser accordingly. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-26 19:51:18 +00:00
}
Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu The "Save" entry will now automatically save over the last used file. If no filename has been set, then that entry will also prompt the user for a filename. The filename is set when saving as well, so the next save will use the same filename. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-31 17:55:41 +00:00
static void file_save_as(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
GtkWidget *dialog;
Fix uninitialized pointer crash for "Save As" The "filename" variable was only initialized when the user accepted the name, so cancelling the file save would randomly use an uninitialized pointer. Reported-by: Miika Turkia <miika.turkia@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-18 16:48:15 +00:00
char *filename = NULL;
Fix broken default filename for save-as The existing code set the filename to the full path of the last input file and didn't set the path at all. Instead we now split the existing filename into its path and file component and set up the choser accordingly. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-26 19:51:18 +00:00
char *current_file;
char *current_dir;
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new(_("Save File As"),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE,
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
NULL);
Add a 'Save As' entry in the menu. Add a "Save As" entry in the "File" menu allowing the user to specify the file in which to save the data. This is useful as we no longer offer this option through the "Save" entry while the data had been opened from an existing file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon
2012-07-17 14:49:27 +00:00
gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog), TRUE);
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
if (existing_filename) {
current_dir = g_path_get_dirname(existing_filename);
current_file = g_path_get_basename(existing_filename);
} else {
const char *current_default = subsurface_default_filename();
current_dir = g_path_get_dirname(current_default);
current_file = g_path_get_basename(current_default);
}
Fix broken default filename for save-as The existing code set the filename to the full path of the last input file and didn't set the path at all. Instead we now split the existing filename into its path and file component and set up the choser accordingly. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-26 19:51:18 +00:00
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog), current_dir);
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog), current_file);
replaced stdndup() with the inlined equivalent don't kill the OS incompatibility messenger. 1) http://stackoverflow.com/questions/6062822/whats-wrong-with-strndup stdndup() is POSIX 2008, but apparently not available on OSX and Windows it could be made potentially application global (e.g. a local "stdndup.h") 2) free() memory at pointer "current_dir", once we are done. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-26 21:20:48 +00:00
free(current_dir);
Might as well free current_file In commit fd2debc1e730 ("replaced stdndup() with the inlined equivalent") Lubomir freed the memory from one of my two strdups but not the other. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-26 22:35:48 +00:00
free(current_file);
replaced stdndup() with the inlined equivalent don't kill the OS incompatibility messenger. 1) http://stackoverflow.com/questions/6062822/whats-wrong-with-strndup stdndup() is POSIX 2008, but apparently not available on OSX and Windows it could be made potentially application global (e.g. a local "stdndup.h") 2) free() memory at pointer "current_dir", once we are done. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-26 21:20:48 +00:00
Add a 'Save As' entry in the menu. Add a "Save As" entry in the "File" menu allowing the user to specify the file in which to save the data. This is useful as we no longer offer this option through the "Save" entry while the data had been opened from an existing file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon
2012-07-17 14:49:27 +00:00
if (gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
filename = gtk_file_chooser_get_filename(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog));
}
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
if (filename){
save_dives(filename);
Change behavior for the existing filename Previously we always picked the last file that was openend as the file name to save to. That seems counterintuitive when importing files or when opening multiple files. Especially if Subsurface was executed without a file on the command line and we are using the default file. Now we only remember a file name if it was the first one to ever be openend or if it was used in save-as. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 19:27:00 +00:00
set_filename(filename, TRUE);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
g_free(filename);
Add a 'Save As' entry in the menu. Add a "Save As" entry in the "File" menu allowing the user to specify the file in which to save the data. This is useful as we no longer offer this option through the "Save" entry while the data had been opened from an existing file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon
2012-07-17 14:49:27 +00:00
mark_divelist_changed(FALSE);
}
}
Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu The "Save" entry will now automatically save over the last used file. If no filename has been set, then that entry will also prompt the user for a filename. The filename is set when saving as well, so the next save will use the same filename. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-31 17:55:41 +00:00
static void file_save(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
const char *current_default;
Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu The "Save" entry will now automatically save over the last used file. If no filename has been set, then that entry will also prompt the user for a filename. The filename is set when saving as well, so the next save will use the same filename. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-31 17:55:41 +00:00
if (!existing_filename)
return file_save_as(w, data);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
current_default = subsurface_default_filename();
if (strcmp(existing_filename, current_default) == 0) {
/* if we are using the default filename the directory
* that we are creating the file in may not exist */
Use glib file and pathname functions My silly reimplementation of these functions was broken on Windows, anyway. This is much cleaner. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 18:17:38 +00:00
char *current_def_dir;
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
struct stat sb;
Use glib file and pathname functions My silly reimplementation of these functions was broken on Windows, anyway. This is much cleaner. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 18:17:38 +00:00
current_def_dir = g_path_get_dirname(existing_filename);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
if (stat(current_def_dir, &sb) != 0) {
Use glibio functions for mkdir Suggested-by: Jef Driesen <jefdriesen@telenet.be> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-11 18:42:47 +00:00
g_mkdir(current_def_dir, S_IRWXU);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
}
Use glib file and pathname functions My silly reimplementation of these functions was broken on Windows, anyway. This is much cleaner. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 18:17:38 +00:00
free(current_def_dir);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
}
Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu The "Save" entry will now automatically save over the last used file. If no filename has been set, then that entry will also prompt the user for a filename. The filename is set when saving as well, so the next save will use the same filename. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-31 17:55:41 +00:00
save_dives(existing_filename);
Merge branch 'misc-fixes' of git://github.com/DataBeaver/subsurface Pull miscellaneous fixes, mostly UI stuff from Mikko Rasa. Both this and the pull from Pierre-Yves Chibon created a "Save As" menu entry and logic. As a result, there were a fair number of conflicts, but I tried to make the end result somewhat reasonable. I might have missed some semantic conflict, though. Series-acked-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> * 'misc-fixes' of git://github.com/DataBeaver/subsurface: Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu Changes to menu icons Improved depth info for dives without samples Divide the panes evenly in view_three
2012-08-17 17:57:24 +00:00
mark_divelist_changed(FALSE);
Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu The "Save" entry will now automatically save over the last used file. If no filename has been set, then that entry will also prompt the user for a filename. The filename is set when saving as well, so the next save will use the same filename. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-31 17:55:41 +00:00
}
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
static gboolean ask_save_changes()
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
{
Check for changes at regular 'quit' events as well Also make the dialog box less offensively ugly Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 17:16:33 +00:00
GtkWidget *dialog, *label, *content;
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
gboolean quit = TRUE;
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(_("Save Changes?"),
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window), GTK_DIALOG_MODAL | GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_STOCK_SAVE, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
More intuitive label for "not saving" when exiting Right now the options are "Save" and "Cancel". I wrote that code and it always bugged me - "Cancel" could mean that I want to cancel the the whole operation, i.e. that I don't want to quit after all. Showing "Save" and "No" seems much more logical. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-12-13 22:34:42 +00:00
GTK_STOCK_NO, GTK_RESPONSE_NO,
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
NULL);
Check for changes at regular 'quit' events as well Also make the dialog box less offensively ugly Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 17:16:33 +00:00
content = gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
When the file has been opened rely on it to save. When a file is opened, we keep it in memory and when you try to quit while the data has been changed, propose to save back to this same file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:05:40 +00:00
if (!existing_filename){
label = gtk_label_new (
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
_("You have unsaved changes\nWould you like to save those before closing the datafile?"));
When the file has been opened rely on it to save. When a file is opened, we keep it in memory and when you try to quit while the data has been changed, propose to save back to this same file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:05:40 +00:00
} else {
Fix another bug where we make assumptions about the length of a string Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-16 16:01:04 +00:00
char *label_text = (char*) malloc(sizeof(char) *
(strlen(_("You have unsaved changes to file: %s \nWould you like to save those before closing the datafile?")) +
strlen(existing_filename)));
When the file has been opened rely on it to save. When a file is opened, we keep it in memory and when you try to quit while the data has been changed, propose to save back to this same file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:05:40 +00:00
sprintf(label_text,
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
_("You have unsaved changes to file: %s \nWould you like to save those before closing the datafile?"),
When the file has been opened rely on it to save. When a file is opened, we keep it in memory and when you try to quit while the data has been changed, propose to save back to this same file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:05:40 +00:00
existing_filename);
label = gtk_label_new (label_text);
Fix some of the problems reported by cppcheck Thanks to Christian for running the static code analysis tool against subsurface... There were some false positives, a few style issues that I'll ignore for now, and two actual potential bugs. First: Don't check unsigned variables for < 0 This has been around for a while and we are lucky that while technically a bug it still works as expected. Passing a negative idx simply turns it into a very large unsigned integer which then fails the > dive_table.nr test. So it still gets a NULL returned. A bug? Yes. Critical? No. Mismatched allocation and free This is an actual bug that potentially could cause issues. We allocate memory with malloc and free it with g_free. Not good. Reported-by: Cristian Ionescu-Idbohrn <cristian.ionescu-idbohrn@axis.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-18 23:51:48 +00:00
free(label_text);
When the file has been opened rely on it to save. When a file is opened, we keep it in memory and when you try to quit while the data has been changed, propose to save back to this same file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:05:40 +00:00
}
Check for changes at regular 'quit' events as well Also make the dialog box less offensively ugly Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 17:16:33 +00:00
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (content), label);
gtk_widget_show_all (dialog);
gtk_dialog_set_default_response(GTK_DIALOG(dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT);
Merge branch 'misc-fixes' of git://github.com/DataBeaver/subsurface Pull miscellaneous fixes, mostly UI stuff from Mikko Rasa. Both this and the pull from Pierre-Yves Chibon created a "Save As" menu entry and logic. As a result, there were a fair number of conflicts, but I tried to make the end result somewhat reasonable. I might have missed some semantic conflict, though. Series-acked-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> * 'misc-fixes' of git://github.com/DataBeaver/subsurface: Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu Changes to menu icons Improved depth info for dives without samples Divide the panes evenly in view_three
2012-08-17 17:57:24 +00:00
gint outcode = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
if (outcode == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
file_save(NULL,NULL);
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
} else if (outcode == GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL) {
quit = FALSE;
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
}
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
return quit;
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
}
Implement Close menu option that allows closing the data file This requires some helper routines that allow us to clear out all the widgets. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 21:32:55 +00:00
static void file_close(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
if (unsaved_changes())
if (ask_save_changes() == FALSE)
return;
Fix memory leaks and one potential NULL dereference Always make sure to clear the memory allocated at the "existing_filename" pointer when setting it to a new address or NULL. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Lifted these changes from a larger commit. The other changes I'll reimplement in the next commit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 17:46:09 +00:00
if (existing_filename)
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
free((void *)existing_filename);
Implement Close menu option that allows closing the data file This requires some helper routines that allow us to clear out all the widgets. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 21:32:55 +00:00
existing_filename = NULL;
/* free the dives and trips */
Clarify (and fix) dive trip auto-generation This makes the dive trip auto-generation a separate pass from the showing of the dive trips, which makes things much more understandable. It simplifies the code a lot too, because it's much more natural to generate the automatic trip data by walking the dives from oldest to newest (while the tree model wants to walk the other way). It gets rid of the most annoying part of using the gtk tree model for dive trip management, but some still remains. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-26 04:06:54 +00:00
while (dive_table.nr)
delete_single_dive(0);
Implement Close menu option that allows closing the data file This requires some helper routines that allow us to clear out all the widgets. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 21:32:55 +00:00
dive_table.preexisting = 0;
Mark divelist unchanged after closing the datafile This seems rather obvious - I'm surprised I didn't notice it earlier. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 00:49:29 +00:00
mark_divelist_changed(FALSE);
Inline g_list_free_full for better compatibility Replaced g_list_free_full with the inlined alternave: g_list_foreach(dive_trip_list, (GFunc)free, NULL); g_list_free(dive_trip_list); once again my version on debian 6.0.x has libraries up-to-date yet outdated. i guess i have to suggest against API which has the "Since <some ver>" text and <some ver> is fairly recent on documentation webpages. Signed-off-by: "Lubomir I. Ivanov" <neolit123@gmail.com> I took only one hunk from the patch that Lubomir sent - the rest I implemented differently in the previous commit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 23:07:42 +00:00
Implement Close menu option that allows closing the data file This requires some helper routines that allow us to clear out all the widgets. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 21:32:55 +00:00
/* clear the selection and the statistics */
selected_dive = 0;
process_selected_dives();
clear_stats_widgets();
/* clear the equipment page */
clear_equipment_widgets();
/* redraw the screen */
dive_list_update_dives();
show_dive_info(NULL);
}
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
static void file_open(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
GtkWidget *dialog;
GtkFileFilter *filter;
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
const char *current_default;
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new(_("Open File"),
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN,
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
NULL);
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
current_default = subsurface_default_filename();
gtk_file_chooser_set_filename(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog), current_default);
The Open menu entry should open just one file The single file that is our new data file (and the file that we'll change if it was modified). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 21:24:34 +00:00
/* when opening the data file we should allow only one file to be chosen */
gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog), FALSE);
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
Put creation of the file selector box filter into helper function This avoids duplication of code. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:22:36 +00:00
filter = setup_filter();
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
gtk_file_chooser_set_filter(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog), filter);
if (gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
Simplify code in file_open as we now only open one file This doesn't change functionality - it's just pointless to loop over a list that is known to have only one element. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 09:05:53 +00:00
GSList *fn_glist;
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
char *filename;
Don't close existing data file in file_open if user cancels This logic seems to make much more sense - if the user hits 'OK' then the old file is closed and the new one openened. Otherwise, leave things unchanged. Reported-by: Miika Turkia <miika.turkia@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 09:01:25 +00:00
/* first, close the existing file, if any, and forget its name */
file_close(w, data);
free((void *)existing_filename);
existing_filename = NULL;
Simplify code in file_open as we now only open one file This doesn't change functionality - it's just pointless to loop over a list that is known to have only one element. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 09:05:53 +00:00
/* we know there is only one filename */
fn_glist = gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(dialog));
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
GError *error = NULL;
Simplify code in file_open as we now only open one file This doesn't change functionality - it's just pointless to loop over a list that is known to have only one element. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 09:05:53 +00:00
filename = fn_glist->data;
A file that we import should never become the default file we save to Only files that are opened should be considered r/w. Files that are imported should be treated as if they were r/o. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-09 12:50:16 +00:00
parse_file(filename, &error, TRUE);
Simplify code in file_open as we now only open one file This doesn't change functionality - it's just pointless to loop over a list that is known to have only one element. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 09:05:53 +00:00
if (error != NULL)
{
report_error(error);
g_error_free(error);
error = NULL;
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
}
Simplify code in file_open as we now only open one file This doesn't change functionality - it's just pointless to loop over a list that is known to have only one element. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 09:05:53 +00:00
g_free(filename);
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
g_slist_free(fn_glist);
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
report_dives(FALSE, FALSE);
File Open now closes the previous file, first This is a pretty significant semantic change - Open used to act more like Import; you added more dives to the divelist. With this change it instead acts more like the traditional File->Open in that it closes the previous file, first. The diff hides the minimalistic nature of the change - it seemed cleaner to move the file_open function around than to do a forward declaration of file_close. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 12:33:25 +00:00
}
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
}
Consistent Quit behavior on the Mac We were responding to the wrong Quit signal on MacOS. The one we picked was the one that basically told us "it's too late to stop me, I'm quitting". I switched this to the one asking "should I prevent the app from quitting" and now we can indeed cancel the Quit, regardless which method was used to close the app. Also removes to unused variables. Fixes #22 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-09 23:19:17 +00:00
gboolean on_delete(GtkWidget* w, gpointer data)
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
{
Catch changes to the info of the current dive when quitting As the application shuts down we do one more check to see if the dive that is currently being displayed has been modified (we previously just checked as we switch dives) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 14:34:00 +00:00
/* Make sure to flush any modified dive data */
update_dive(NULL);
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
gboolean quit = TRUE;
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
if (unsaved_changes())
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
quit = ask_save_changes();
Show the "save changes" dialog before the main window is destroyed By using the delete-event callback instead of the destroy callback we are able to display our dialog (and the file-save dialog) while the program window is still being displayed. Much nicer this way. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 17:31:03 +00:00
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
if (quit){
return FALSE; /* go ahead, kill the program, we're good now */
} else {
return TRUE; /* We are not leaving */
}
Show the "save changes" dialog before the main window is destroyed By using the delete-event callback instead of the destroy callback we are able to display our dialog (and the file-save dialog) while the program window is still being displayed. Much nicer this way. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 17:31:03 +00:00
}
static void on_destroy(GtkWidget* w, gpointer data)
{
Destroy the divelist (tree) before calling gtk_main_quit() Added new function dive_list_destroy() in divelist.c Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-01 22:52:43 +00:00
dive_list_destroy();
Simplistic first attempt to get changes saved when quitting subsurface Track whether things changed in the global dive_list So far this actually works if changing dive info (but only if dive selected was changed after the dive info was changed). We are not tracking changes to the cylinder information, yet. also remove the duplicate static dive_list Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:29:09 +00:00
gtk_main_quit();
}
Make sure Subsurface receives Quit / Command-Q callback on Mac As usual, things work slightly different on Mac. Quartz delivers some (but not all) accelerator notifications differently. Command-Q and Subsurface->Quit now work on Mac as well. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 16:18:56 +00:00
void quit(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
Check for changes at regular 'quit' events as well Also make the dialog box less offensively ugly Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 17:16:33 +00:00
/* Make sure to flush any modified dive data */
update_dive(NULL);
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
gboolean quit = TRUE;
Check for changes at regular 'quit' events as well Also make the dialog box less offensively ugly Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 17:16:33 +00:00
if (unsaved_changes())
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
quit = ask_save_changes();
if (quit){
Destroy the divelist (tree) before calling gtk_main_quit() Added new function dive_list_destroy() in divelist.c Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-01 22:52:43 +00:00
dive_list_destroy();
Allow to cancel while trying to quit and the data was changed. So far, when trying to quit while the data was changed the offer was "Save" or "Don't save". Now, you can also "Cancel" which will bring you back to the main window. This allows you to re-save the data in another file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon <pingou@pingoured.fr>
2012-07-17 14:09:29 +00:00
gtk_main_quit();
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
Split up generic code to generate a gtk tree view column We used to do this just for the dive list, but the new cylinder view will want to do a lot of the same boilerplate gtk stuff, so make it a bit more generic and move it to gtk-gui.c. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-10-02 20:05:12 +00:00
GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_view_column(GtkWidget *tree_view, int index, const char *title,
Make the cylinder table columns unsortable They were never intended to be sortable, but using common code with the dive list picked up that "sort by index" thing by mistake. If we really want to be able to sort cylinders by O2 percentage (which really doesn't seem to make much sense, considering that you usually have just one or two cylinders) we will need to also handle the case of editing the (differently sorted) cylinder table. Which we don't do now. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-11 19:40:17 +00:00
data_func_t data_func, unsigned int flags)
Split up generic code to generate a gtk tree view column We used to do this just for the dive list, but the new cylinder view will want to do a lot of the same boilerplate gtk stuff, so make it a bit more generic and move it to gtk-gui.c. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-10-02 20:05:12 +00:00
{
GtkCellRenderer *renderer;
GtkTreeViewColumn *col;
double xalign = 0.0; /* left as default */
Make the cylinder table columns unsortable They were never intended to be sortable, but using common code with the dive list picked up that "sort by index" thing by mistake. If we really want to be able to sort cylinders by O2 percentage (which really doesn't seem to make much sense, considering that you usually have just one or two cylinders) we will need to also handle the case of editing the (differently sorted) cylinder table. Which we don't do now. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-11 19:40:17 +00:00
PangoAlignment align;
gboolean visible;
align = (flags & ALIGN_LEFT) ? PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT :
(flags & ALIGN_RIGHT) ? PANGO_ALIGN_RIGHT :
PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER;
visible = !(flags & INVISIBLE);
Split up generic code to generate a gtk tree view column We used to do this just for the dive list, but the new cylinder view will want to do a lot of the same boilerplate gtk stuff, so make it a bit more generic and move it to gtk-gui.c. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-10-02 20:05:12 +00:00
renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new();
col = gtk_tree_view_column_new();
gtk_tree_view_column_set_title(col, title);
Make the cylinder table columns unsortable They were never intended to be sortable, but using common code with the dive list picked up that "sort by index" thing by mistake. If we really want to be able to sort cylinders by O2 percentage (which really doesn't seem to make much sense, considering that you usually have just one or two cylinders) we will need to also handle the case of editing the (differently sorted) cylinder table. Which we don't do now. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-11 19:40:17 +00:00
if (!(flags & UNSORTABLE))
gtk_tree_view_column_set_sort_column_id(col, index);
Split up generic code to generate a gtk tree view column We used to do this just for the dive list, but the new cylinder view will want to do a lot of the same boilerplate gtk stuff, so make it a bit more generic and move it to gtk-gui.c. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-10-02 20:05:12 +00:00
gtk_tree_view_column_set_resizable(col, TRUE);
gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start(col, renderer, TRUE);
if (data_func)
gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func(col, renderer, data_func, (void *)(long)index, NULL);
else
gtk_tree_view_column_add_attribute(col, renderer, "text", index);
gtk_object_set(GTK_OBJECT(renderer), "alignment", align, NULL);
switch (align) {
case PANGO_ALIGN_LEFT:
xalign = 0.0;
break;
case PANGO_ALIGN_CENTER:
xalign = 0.5;
break;
case PANGO_ALIGN_RIGHT:
xalign = 1.0;
break;
}
gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment(GTK_CELL_RENDERER(renderer), xalign, 0.5);
gtk_tree_view_column_set_visible(col, visible);
gtk_tree_view_append_column(GTK_TREE_VIEW(tree_view), col);
return col;
}
Avoiding some potentially confusing name space clashes We have local variables or function arguments with the same names as function static variables (or in one case, function arguments). While all the current code was correct, it could potentially cause confusion when chasing bugs or reviewing patches. This should make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-05 16:16:08 +00:00
static void create_radio(GtkWidget *vbox, const char *w_name, ...)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
va_list args;
GtkRadioButton *group = NULL;
GtkWidget *box, *label;
box = gtk_hbox_new(TRUE, 10);
Fix preferences dialog Dirk took some old code when he did the merge of the newly split gui code. Fix it up. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-20 21:05:46 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), box, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Avoiding some potentially confusing name space clashes We have local variables or function arguments with the same names as function static variables (or in one case, function arguments). While all the current code was correct, it could potentially cause confusion when chasing bugs or reviewing patches. This should make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-05 16:16:08 +00:00
label = gtk_label_new(w_name);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), label, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
Avoiding some potentially confusing name space clashes We have local variables or function arguments with the same names as function static variables (or in one case, function arguments). While all the current code was correct, it could potentially cause confusion when chasing bugs or reviewing patches. This should make things clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-05 16:16:08 +00:00
va_start(args, w_name);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
for (;;) {
int enabled;
const char *name;
GtkWidget *button;
void *callback_fn;
name = va_arg(args, char *);
if (!name)
break;
callback_fn = va_arg(args, void *);
enabled = va_arg(args, int);
button = gtk_radio_button_new_with_label_from_widget(group, name);
group = GTK_RADIO_BUTTON(button);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), enabled);
g_signal_connect(button, "toggled", G_CALLBACK(callback_fn), NULL);
}
va_end(args);
}
Apply preference changes right away This allows you to open the preference dialog, play with settings and see their effect right away. Press OK and you keep them, press Cancel and you are back to the previous state. As it should be. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 18:46:46 +00:00
static void update_screen()
{
update_dive_list_units();
repaint_dive();
update_dive_list_col_visibility();
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
#define UNITCALLBACK(name, type, value) \
static void name(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data) \
{ \
if (gtk_toggle_button_get_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(w))) \
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.output_units.type = value; \
Apply preference changes right away This allows you to open the preference dialog, play with settings and see their effect right away. Press OK and you keep them, press Cancel and you are back to the previous state. As it should be. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 18:46:46 +00:00
update_screen(); \
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
UNITCALLBACK(set_meter, length, METERS)
UNITCALLBACK(set_feet, length, FEET)
UNITCALLBACK(set_bar, pressure, BAR)
UNITCALLBACK(set_psi, pressure, PSI)
UNITCALLBACK(set_liter, volume, LITER)
UNITCALLBACK(set_cuft, volume, CUFT)
UNITCALLBACK(set_celsius, temperature, CELSIUS)
UNITCALLBACK(set_fahrenheit, temperature, FAHRENHEIT)
Add weight system tracking - supports multiple weight systems per dive - supports multiple weight system types - supports import of weight as tracked by DivingLog Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-12-24 03:41:16 +00:00
UNITCALLBACK(set_kg, weight, KG)
UNITCALLBACK(set_lbs, weight, LBS)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
#define OPTIONCALLBACK(name, option) \
static void name(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data) \
{ \
GtkWidget **entry = data; \
option = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(w)->active; \
Apply preference changes right away This allows you to open the preference dialog, play with settings and see their effect right away. Press OK and you keep them, press Cancel and you are back to the previous state. As it should be. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 18:46:46 +00:00
update_screen(); \
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
if (entry) \
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(*entry, option);\
Add preference option to chose if SAC and/or OTU should be in divelist Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-27 17:16:40 +00:00
}
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
OPTIONCALLBACK(otu_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.otu)
Merge branch 'cns' into cns-merge I foolishly changed visible_columns in both the (ill-named) cns branch and master... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> Conflicts: divelist.c gtk-gui.c profile.c
2012-12-11 21:09:48 +00:00
OPTIONCALLBACK(maxcns_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.maxcns)
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
OPTIONCALLBACK(sac_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.sac)
OPTIONCALLBACK(nitrox_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.nitrox)
OPTIONCALLBACK(temperature_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.temperature)
OPTIONCALLBACK(totalweight_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.totalweight)
OPTIONCALLBACK(suit_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.suit)
OPTIONCALLBACK(cylinder_toggle, prefs.visible_cols.cylinder)
OPTIONCALLBACK(po2_toggle, prefs.pp_graphs.po2)
OPTIONCALLBACK(pn2_toggle, prefs.pp_graphs.pn2)
OPTIONCALLBACK(phe_toggle, prefs.pp_graphs.phe)
OPTIONCALLBACK(red_ceiling_toggle, prefs.profile_red_ceiling)
Add configurable visualization of calculated ceiling This is on top of the deco information reported by the dive computer (in a different color - currently ugly green). The user needs to enable this via the Tec page of the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-03 06:45:21 +00:00
OPTIONCALLBACK(calc_ceiling_toggle, prefs.profile_calc_ceiling)
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
OPTIONCALLBACK(force_toggle, force_download)
OPTIONCALLBACK(prefer_dl_toggle, prefer_downloaded)
Add preference option to chose if SAC and/or OTU should be in divelist Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-27 17:16:40 +00:00
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
static void event_toggle(GtkWidget *w, gpointer _data)
{
gboolean *plot_ev = _data;
*plot_ev = GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(w)->active;
}
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
static void pick_default_file(GtkWidget *w, GtkButton *button)
{
Make sure windows behind forward dialogs are truly inactive There are possible bugs when targeting GTK 2.24.10. When opening the "import XML files" file selector from the "import" dialog on Ubuntu 12.04, even with gtk_window_set_accept_focus() setting FALSE to the parent ("import"), it is still possible to click the title bar and buttons, causing actions. This can trigger undefined behaviour - e.g. opening multiple "import XML files" dialogs. While on Windows the situation is more acceptable, on Ubuntu it is also possible to click the [x] button on the title bar of the parent window, which will close the parent dialog _with_ the current forward dialog. Multiple proposed methods in the GTK documentation seem not to function as expected, such as: gtk_window_set_modal() and gtk_window_set_accept_focus(). Passing the correct parent on dialog creation doesn't seems to help either. The same problem occurs when selecting a default file from the preferences dialog. The proposed portable solution in this patch is to completely disable the background windows by hiding the titlebar (gtk_window_set_decorated), disabling child controls (gtk_widget_set_sensitive) and making the window "transient for" or putting it on top (gtk_window_set_transient_for). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 19:09:48 +00:00
GtkWidget *fs_dialog, *parent;
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
const char *current_default;
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
char *current_def_file, *current_def_dir;
GtkFileFilter *filter;
struct stat sb;
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
fs_dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new(_("Choose Default XML File"),
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE,
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
NULL);
Make sure windows behind forward dialogs are truly inactive There are possible bugs when targeting GTK 2.24.10. When opening the "import XML files" file selector from the "import" dialog on Ubuntu 12.04, even with gtk_window_set_accept_focus() setting FALSE to the parent ("import"), it is still possible to click the title bar and buttons, causing actions. This can trigger undefined behaviour - e.g. opening multiple "import XML files" dialogs. While on Windows the situation is more acceptable, on Ubuntu it is also possible to click the [x] button on the title bar of the parent window, which will close the parent dialog _with_ the current forward dialog. Multiple proposed methods in the GTK documentation seem not to function as expected, such as: gtk_window_set_modal() and gtk_window_set_accept_focus(). Passing the correct parent on dialog creation doesn't seems to help either. The same problem occurs when selecting a default file from the preferences dialog. The proposed portable solution in this patch is to completely disable the background windows by hiding the titlebar (gtk_window_set_decorated), disabling child controls (gtk_widget_set_sensitive) and making the window "transient for" or putting it on top (gtk_window_set_transient_for). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 19:09:48 +00:00
parent = gtk_widget_get_ancestor(w, GTK_TYPE_DIALOG);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(parent, FALSE);
gtk_window_set_transient_for(GTK_WINDOW(fs_dialog), GTK_WINDOW(parent));
Prevent the preferences dialog from getting focus with file selector open The idea is based on Lubomir's code but the implementation is radically different. Instead of having the preferences dialog be referenced by a global variable we simply look up the appropriate ancestor of the current widget. Inspired-by: "Lubomir I. Ivanov" <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 17:53:30 +00:00
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
current_default = subsurface_default_filename();
Use glib file and pathname functions My silly reimplementation of these functions was broken on Windows, anyway. This is much cleaner. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 18:17:38 +00:00
current_def_dir = g_path_get_dirname(current_default);
current_def_file = g_path_get_basename(current_default);
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
/* it's possible that the directory doesn't exist (especially for the default)
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
* For gtk's file select box to make sense we create it */
if (stat(current_def_dir, &sb) != 0)
g_mkdir(current_def_dir, S_IRWXU);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog), current_def_dir);
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog), current_def_file);
gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog), FALSE);
Put creation of the file selector box filter into helper function This avoids duplication of code. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:22:36 +00:00
filter = setup_filter();
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
gtk_file_chooser_set_filter(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog), filter);
gtk_widget_show_all(fs_dialog);
if (gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(fs_dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
GSList *list;
list = gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog));
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
if (g_slist_length(list) == 1)
gtk_button_set_label(button, list->data);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
g_slist_free(list);
}
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
free(current_def_dir);
free(current_def_file);
Fixed a couple of memleaks in gtk-gui.c and info.c Related to subsurface_default_filename() and g_path_get_basename(). Against 3835faa8fb02df8edb. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-18 11:24:54 +00:00
free((void *)current_default);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
gtk_widget_destroy(fs_dialog);
Make sure windows behind forward dialogs are truly inactive There are possible bugs when targeting GTK 2.24.10. When opening the "import XML files" file selector from the "import" dialog on Ubuntu 12.04, even with gtk_window_set_accept_focus() setting FALSE to the parent ("import"), it is still possible to click the title bar and buttons, causing actions. This can trigger undefined behaviour - e.g. opening multiple "import XML files" dialogs. While on Windows the situation is more acceptable, on Ubuntu it is also possible to click the [x] button on the title bar of the parent window, which will close the parent dialog _with_ the current forward dialog. Multiple proposed methods in the GTK documentation seem not to function as expected, such as: gtk_window_set_modal() and gtk_window_set_accept_focus(). Passing the correct parent on dialog creation doesn't seems to help either. The same problem occurs when selecting a default file from the preferences dialog. The proposed portable solution in this patch is to completely disable the background windows by hiding the titlebar (gtk_window_set_decorated), disabling child controls (gtk_widget_set_sensitive) and making the window "transient for" or putting it on top (gtk_window_set_transient_for). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 19:09:48 +00:00
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(parent, TRUE);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
static void preferences_dialog(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
int result;
Fix incorrect variable reuse bug in preferences dialog This was introduced in commit ee803ef5d85b "Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings" In order to be able to get the new default XML file name back from the button, we need to keep that variable around and not overwrite it with more buttons for the tec preferences page. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-06 04:13:05 +00:00
GtkWidget *dialog, *notebook, *font, *frame, *box, *vbox, *button, *xmlfile_button;
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
GtkWidget *entry_po2, *entry_pn2, *entry_phe;
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
const char *current_default, *new_default;
Make it possible to translate strings containing subscript "2" The "Tec settings" dialog contains some strings with the subscript "2" character, which have to be translated. While the "2" is part of the string xgettext doesn't seem to recognize such. To trick it we use a temporary buffer and c-format: sprintf(utf8_buf, _("Show pO%s graph"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2); button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(utf8_buf); Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 21:34:21 +00:00
char threshold_text[10], utf8_buf[128];
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
struct preferences oldprefs = prefs;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(_("Preferences"),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
NULL);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
/* create the notebook for the preferences and attach it to dialog */
notebook = gtk_notebook_new();
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)->vbox), notebook, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
/* vbox that holds the first notebook page */
vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook), vbox,
gtk_label_new(_("General Settings")));
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Units"));
Use 'gtk_dialog_get_content_area()' instead of accessing dialog directly I'm reading gtk docs, and trying to clean things up a bit. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:26:37 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
box = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), box);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
create_radio(box, _("Depth:"),
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
_("Meter"), set_meter, (prefs.output_units.length == METERS),
_("Feet"), set_feet, (prefs.output_units.length == FEET),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
create_radio(box, _("Pressure:"),
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
_("Bar"), set_bar, (prefs.output_units.pressure == BAR),
_("PSI"), set_psi, (prefs.output_units.pressure == PSI),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
create_radio(box, _("Volume:"),
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
_("Liter"), set_liter, (prefs.output_units.volume == LITER),
_("CuFt"), set_cuft, (prefs.output_units.volume == CUFT),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
create_radio(box, _("Temperature:"),
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
_("Celsius"), set_celsius, (prefs.output_units.temperature == CELSIUS),
_("Fahrenheit"), set_fahrenheit, (prefs.output_units.temperature == FAHRENHEIT),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
create_radio(box, _("Weight:"),
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
_("kg"), set_kg, (prefs.output_units.weight == KG),
_("lbs"), set_lbs, (prefs.output_units.weight == LBS),
Add weight system tracking - supports multiple weight systems per dive - supports multiple weight system types - supports import of weight as tracked by DivingLog Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-12-24 03:41:16 +00:00
NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Show Columns"));
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
Add preference option to chose if SAC and/or OTU should be in divelist Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-27 17:16:40 +00:00
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), box);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Temp"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.temperature);
Make columns for temperature, cylinder, and nitrox optional Just like SAC and OTU these can now be turned on and off through the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-23 20:36:37 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(temperature_toggle), NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Cyl"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.cylinder);
Make columns for temperature, cylinder, and nitrox optional Just like SAC and OTU these can now be turned on and off through the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-23 20:36:37 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(cylinder_toggle), NULL);
Remove repetitions of "Show" in Preferences dialog Instead of having "Show Temp", "Show Cyl", etc in the Preferences dialog, rename the group as "Show Columns" and remove "Show " from all the checkboxes. The dialog is tighter/nicer this way. Signed-off-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no>
2012-08-17 06:56:03 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label("O" UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2 "%");
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.nitrox);
Make columns for temperature, cylinder, and nitrox optional Just like SAC and OTU these can now be turned on and off through the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-23 20:36:37 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(nitrox_toggle), NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("SAC"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.sac);
Add preference option to chose if SAC and/or OTU should be in divelist Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-27 17:16:40 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(sac_toggle), NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Weight"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.totalweight);
Add total weight column to divelist This adds the total weight carried on the dive in different weight systems to the divelist. The column is by default not shown, which can be changed in the preferences. The column is sortable. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-07 18:24:40 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(totalweight_toggle), NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Suit"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.suit);
Add exposure protection tracking For simplicity and shortness, throughout subsurface exposure protection is simply referred to as "suit". Add the fields to the data structures, add the column to the dive_list and the preferences dialog (once again with it being turned invisible by default). Support loading and saving of the suit information. Display the suit information in the Dive Info pane (this may be a bit controversial as people could argue this should be in the Equipment pane) and allow editing of the suit info, with our usual support for completion and drop down lists to pick from. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-14 23:07:25 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(suit_toggle), NULL);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Divelist Font"));
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
First cut of explicit trip tracking This code establishes the explicit trip data structures and loads and saves them in the XML data. No attempts are made to edit / modify the trips, yet. Loading XML files without trip data creates the trips based on timing as before. Saving out the same, unmodified data will create 'trip' entries in the XML file with a 'number' that reflects the number of dives in that trip. The trip tag also stores the beginning time of the first dive in the trip and the location of the trip (which we display in the summary entries in the UI). The logic allows for dives that aren't part of a dive trip. All other dives simply belong to the "previous" dive trip - i.e. the dive trip with the latest start time that is earlier or equal to the start time of this dive. This logic significantly simplifies the tracking of trips compared to other approaches that I have tried. The automatic grouping into trips now is an option that defaults to off (as it makes changes to the XML file - and people who don't want this feature shouldn't have trips added to their XML files that they then need to manually remove). For now you have to select this option, then exit the program and start it again. Still to do is to trigger the trip generation at run time. We also need a way to mark dives as not part of trips and to allow options to combine trips, split trips, edit trip location data, etc. The code has only had some limited testing when opening multiple files. The code is known to fail if a location name contains unquoted special characters like an "'". This commit also fixes a visual inconsistency in the preferences dialog where the font selector button didn't have a frame around it that told you what this option was about. Inspired-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-22 05:04:24 +00:00
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
font = gtk_font_button_new_with_font(divelist_font);
First cut of explicit trip tracking This code establishes the explicit trip data structures and loads and saves them in the XML data. No attempts are made to edit / modify the trips, yet. Loading XML files without trip data creates the trips based on timing as before. Saving out the same, unmodified data will create 'trip' entries in the XML file with a 'number' that reflects the number of dives in that trip. The trip tag also stores the beginning time of the first dive in the trip and the location of the trip (which we display in the summary entries in the UI). The logic allows for dives that aren't part of a dive trip. All other dives simply belong to the "previous" dive trip - i.e. the dive trip with the latest start time that is earlier or equal to the start time of this dive. This logic significantly simplifies the tracking of trips compared to other approaches that I have tried. The automatic grouping into trips now is an option that defaults to off (as it makes changes to the XML file - and people who don't want this feature shouldn't have trips added to their XML files that they then need to manually remove). For now you have to select this option, then exit the program and start it again. Still to do is to trigger the trip generation at run time. We also need a way to mark dives as not part of trips and to allow options to combine trips, split trips, edit trip location data, etc. The code has only had some limited testing when opening multiple files. The code is known to fail if a location name contains unquoted special characters like an "'". This commit also fixes a visual inconsistency in the preferences dialog where the font selector button didn't have a frame around it that told you what this option was about. Inspired-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-22 05:04:24 +00:00
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame),font);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Misc. Options"));
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
First cut of explicit trip tracking This code establishes the explicit trip data structures and loads and saves them in the XML data. No attempts are made to edit / modify the trips, yet. Loading XML files without trip data creates the trips based on timing as before. Saving out the same, unmodified data will create 'trip' entries in the XML file with a 'number' that reflects the number of dives in that trip. The trip tag also stores the beginning time of the first dive in the trip and the location of the trip (which we display in the summary entries in the UI). The logic allows for dives that aren't part of a dive trip. All other dives simply belong to the "previous" dive trip - i.e. the dive trip with the latest start time that is earlier or equal to the start time of this dive. This logic significantly simplifies the tracking of trips compared to other approaches that I have tried. The automatic grouping into trips now is an option that defaults to off (as it makes changes to the XML file - and people who don't want this feature shouldn't have trips added to their XML files that they then need to manually remove). For now you have to select this option, then exit the program and start it again. Still to do is to trigger the trip generation at run time. We also need a way to mark dives as not part of trips and to allow options to combine trips, split trips, edit trip location data, etc. The code has only had some limited testing when opening multiple files. The code is known to fail if a location name contains unquoted special characters like an "'". This commit also fixes a visual inconsistency in the preferences dialog where the font selector button didn't have a frame around it that told you what this option was about. Inspired-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-22 05:04:24 +00:00
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), box);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Default XML Data File"));
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), box);
current_default = subsurface_default_filename();
Fix incorrect variable reuse bug in preferences dialog This was introduced in commit ee803ef5d85b "Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings" In order to be able to get the new default XML file name back from the button, we need to keep that variable around and not overwrite it with more buttons for the tec preferences page. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-06 04:13:05 +00:00
xmlfile_button = gtk_button_new_with_label(current_default);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(xmlfile_button), "clicked",
G_CALLBACK(pick_default_file), xmlfile_button);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), xmlfile_button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
/* vbox that holds the second notebook page */
vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook), vbox,
gtk_label_new(_("Tec Settings")));
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Show Columns"));
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), box);
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("OTU"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.otu);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(otu_toggle), NULL);
Display maximum CNS in the divelist We either pick the CNS reported by the dive computer at the end of the dive, or the maximum of that and the CNS values in the samples, if any. As usual, this column in the dive list defaults to off and it is controlled by a setting in the tec page of the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-11 05:18:48 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("maxCNS"));
Merge branch 'cns' into cns-merge I foolishly changed visible_columns in both the (ill-named) cns branch and master... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> Conflicts: divelist.c gtk-gui.c profile.c
2012-12-11 21:09:48 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.visible_cols.maxcns);
Display maximum CNS in the divelist We either pick the CNS reported by the dive computer at the end of the dive, or the maximum of that and the CNS values in the samples, if any. As usual, this column in the dive list defaults to off and it is controlled by a setting in the tec page of the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-11 05:18:48 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(maxcns_toggle), NULL);
Add option to make ceiling visually stand out more in the profile While having the background "come down" seemed like a good visualization of the ceiling, some divers appear to prefer something more dramatic. This adds an option to the Tec Settings to have the ceiling shown in red instead of the default background color. Suggested-by: Jan Schubert <Jan.Schubert@GMX.li> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 19:36:25 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Profile Settings"));
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), vbox);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), box);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
Make it possible to translate strings containing subscript "2" The "Tec settings" dialog contains some strings with the subscript "2" character, which have to be translated. While the "2" is part of the string xgettext doesn't seem to recognize such. To trick it we use a temporary buffer and c-format: sprintf(utf8_buf, _("Show pO%s graph"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2); button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(utf8_buf); Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 21:34:21 +00:00
sprintf(utf8_buf, _("Show pO%s graph"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2);
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(utf8_buf);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.pp_graphs.po2);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(po2_toggle), &entry_po2);
Make it possible to translate strings containing subscript "2" The "Tec settings" dialog contains some strings with the subscript "2" character, which have to be translated. While the "2" is part of the string xgettext doesn't seem to recognize such. To trick it we use a temporary buffer and c-format: sprintf(utf8_buf, _("Show pO%s graph"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2); button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(utf8_buf); Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 21:34:21 +00:00
sprintf(utf8_buf, _("pO%s threshold"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2);
frame = gtk_frame_new(utf8_buf);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
entry_po2 = gtk_entry_new();
gtk_entry_set_max_length(GTK_ENTRY(entry_po2), 4);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
snprintf(threshold_text, sizeof(threshold_text), "%.1f", prefs.pp_graphs.po2_threshold);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry_po2), threshold_text);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(entry_po2, prefs.pp_graphs.po2);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), entry_po2);
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), box);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
Make it possible to translate strings containing subscript "2" The "Tec settings" dialog contains some strings with the subscript "2" character, which have to be translated. While the "2" is part of the string xgettext doesn't seem to recognize such. To trick it we use a temporary buffer and c-format: sprintf(utf8_buf, _("Show pO%s graph"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2); button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(utf8_buf); Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 21:34:21 +00:00
sprintf(utf8_buf, _("Show pN%s graph"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2);
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(utf8_buf);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.pp_graphs.pn2);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(pn2_toggle), &entry_pn2);
Make it possible to translate strings containing subscript "2" The "Tec settings" dialog contains some strings with the subscript "2" character, which have to be translated. While the "2" is part of the string xgettext doesn't seem to recognize such. To trick it we use a temporary buffer and c-format: sprintf(utf8_buf, _("Show pO%s graph"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2); button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(utf8_buf); Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 21:34:21 +00:00
sprintf(utf8_buf, _("pN%s threshold"), UTF8_SUBSCRIPT_2);
frame = gtk_frame_new(utf8_buf);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
entry_pn2 = gtk_entry_new();
gtk_entry_set_max_length(GTK_ENTRY(entry_pn2), 4);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
snprintf(threshold_text, sizeof(threshold_text), "%.1f", prefs.pp_graphs.pn2_threshold);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry_pn2), threshold_text);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(entry_pn2, prefs.pp_graphs.pn2);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), entry_pn2);
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), box);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
Add option to make ceiling visually stand out more in the profile While having the background "come down" seemed like a good visualization of the ceiling, some divers appear to prefer something more dramatic. This adds an option to the Tec Settings to have the ceiling shown in red instead of the default background color. Suggested-by: Jan Schubert <Jan.Schubert@GMX.li> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 19:36:25 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Show pHe graph"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.pp_graphs.phe);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(phe_toggle), &entry_phe);
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("pHe threshold"));
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
entry_phe = gtk_entry_new();
gtk_entry_set_max_length(GTK_ENTRY(entry_phe), 4);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
snprintf(threshold_text, sizeof(threshold_text), "%.1f", prefs.pp_graphs.phe_threshold);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry_phe), threshold_text);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(entry_phe, prefs.pp_graphs.phe);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), entry_phe);
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
Add option to make ceiling visually stand out more in the profile While having the background "come down" seemed like a good visualization of the ceiling, some divers appear to prefer something more dramatic. This adds an option to the Tec Settings to have the ceiling shown in red instead of the default background color. Suggested-by: Jan Schubert <Jan.Schubert@GMX.li> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 19:36:25 +00:00
box = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), box);
Add configurable visualization of calculated ceiling This is on top of the deco information reported by the dive computer (in a different color - currently ugly green). The user needs to enable this via the Tec page of the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-03 06:45:21 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Show dc reported ceiling in red"));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.profile_red_ceiling);
Add option to make ceiling visually stand out more in the profile While having the background "come down" seemed like a good visualization of the ceiling, some divers appear to prefer something more dramatic. This adds an option to the Tec Settings to have the ceiling shown in red instead of the default background color. Suggested-by: Jan Schubert <Jan.Schubert@GMX.li> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 19:36:25 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
Fix embarrassing cut and paste bugs The previous commit 871d7ae0cdf5 "Add option to make ceiling visually stand out more in the profile" contained not one but two stupid cut and paste bugs. I cannot begin to explain how this could have worked when I first tested it. Reported-by: Jan Schubert <Jan.Schubert@GMX.li> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 20:51:48 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(red_ceiling_toggle), NULL);
Add option to make ceiling visually stand out more in the profile While having the background "come down" seemed like a good visualization of the ceiling, some divers appear to prefer something more dramatic. This adds an option to the Tec Settings to have the ceiling shown in red instead of the default background color. Suggested-by: Jan Schubert <Jan.Schubert@GMX.li> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 19:36:25 +00:00
Add configurable visualization of calculated ceiling This is on top of the deco information reported by the dive computer (in a different color - currently ugly green). The user needs to enable this via the Tec page of the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-03 06:45:21 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Show calculated ceiling"));
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), prefs.profile_calc_ceiling);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(calc_ceiling_toggle), NULL);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_widget_show_all(dialog);
result = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
if (result == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
const char *po2_threshold_text, *pn2_threshold_text, *phe_threshold_text;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
/* Make sure to flush any modified old dive data with old units */
update_dive(NULL);
Fixed some memory leaks related to string configuration entries Each time we retrieve a string configuration entry via subsurface_get_conf(), all the multiplatform methods in linux.c, macos.c, windows.c allocate memory for the returned value. In gtk-gui.c, lets try to release the memory at: default_dive_computer_vendor, default_dive_computer_product, divelist_font before assigning a new address to these pointers. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-04 20:52:09 +00:00
if (divelist_font)
free((void *)divelist_font);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
divelist_font = strdup(gtk_font_button_get_font_name(GTK_FONT_BUTTON(font)));
set_divelist_font(divelist_font);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
po2_threshold_text = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry_po2));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
sscanf(po2_threshold_text, "%lf", &prefs.pp_graphs.po2_threshold);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
pn2_threshold_text = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry_pn2));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
sscanf(pn2_threshold_text, "%lf", &prefs.pp_graphs.pn2_threshold);
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
phe_threshold_text = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry_phe));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
sscanf(phe_threshold_text, "%lf", &prefs.pp_graphs.phe_threshold);
Merge branch 'cns' into cns-merge I foolishly changed visible_columns in both the (ill-named) cns branch and master... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> Conflicts: divelist.c gtk-gui.c profile.c
2012-12-11 21:09:48 +00:00
Apply preference changes right away This allows you to open the preference dialog, play with settings and see their effect right away. Press OK and you keep them, press Cancel and you are back to the previous state. As it should be. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 18:46:46 +00:00
update_screen();
Use Registry on Windows to store preferences No change at all to non-Windows builds. Everything seems to work with preferences - but only tested on Win7 Remaining issue: displaying an icon (or the logo in the About dialog) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-29 01:46:53 +00:00
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("feet", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.output_units.length == FEET));
subsurface_set_conf("psi", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.output_units.pressure == PSI));
subsurface_set_conf("cuft", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.output_units.volume == CUFT));
subsurface_set_conf("fahrenheit", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.output_units.temperature == FAHRENHEIT));
subsurface_set_conf("lbs", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.output_units.weight == LBS));
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("TEMPERATURE", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.temperature));
subsurface_set_conf("TOTALWEIGHT", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.totalweight));
subsurface_set_conf("SUIT", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.suit));
subsurface_set_conf("CYLINDER", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.cylinder));
subsurface_set_conf("NITROX", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.nitrox));
subsurface_set_conf("SAC", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.sac));
subsurface_set_conf("OTU", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.otu));
Merge branch 'cns' into cns-merge I foolishly changed visible_columns in both the (ill-named) cns branch and master... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> Conflicts: divelist.c gtk-gui.c profile.c
2012-12-11 21:09:48 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("MAXCNS", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.visible_cols.maxcns));
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
Split reading/writing preferences into OS specific files This adds tested code for Linux and Mac OS, implementing the api that Linus suggested. The Windows code was moved into its own file, but hasn't even been compile tested, yet. In order to have just one interface to set or get a preference value we encode TRUE as (void *) 1 and FALSE as NULL. This works consistently on all platforms and regardless of whether we have 32 or 64 bit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-11-24 06:56:57 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("divelist_font", PREF_STRING, divelist_font);
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("po2graph", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.pp_graphs.po2));
subsurface_set_conf("pn2graph", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.pp_graphs.pn2));
subsurface_set_conf("phegraph", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.pp_graphs.phe));
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("po2threshold", PREF_STRING, po2_threshold_text);
subsurface_set_conf("pn2threshold", PREF_STRING, pn2_threshold_text);
subsurface_set_conf("phethreshold", PREF_STRING, phe_threshold_text);
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("redceiling", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.profile_red_ceiling));
Add configurable visualization of calculated ceiling This is on top of the deco information reported by the dive computer (in a different color - currently ugly green). The user needs to enable this via the Tec page of the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-03 06:45:21 +00:00
subsurface_set_conf("calcceiling", PREF_BOOL, BOOL_TO_PTR(prefs.profile_calc_ceiling));
Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings Not sure this is the best naming scheme (General Settings / Tec Settings) but it's a start. The idea is to have the settings that a recreational diver might care about on the first page, and all the other stuff on the second one. Let's see how this works out long term. For now I moved OTU over and added toggles for the different partial pressure graphs (only the pO2 one is implemented so far). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 18:11:05 +00:00
Fix incorrect variable reuse bug in preferences dialog This was introduced in commit ee803ef5d85b "Change preferences into a notebook and add second page for tec settings" In order to be able to get the new default XML file name back from the button, we need to keep that variable around and not overwrite it with more buttons for the tec preferences page. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-06 04:13:05 +00:00
new_default = strdup(gtk_button_get_label(GTK_BUTTON(xmlfile_button)));
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
/* if we opened the default file and are changing its name,
* update existing_filename */
Fix memory leaks and one potential NULL dereference Always make sure to clear the memory allocated at the "existing_filename" pointer when setting it to a new address or NULL. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Lifted these changes from a larger commit. The other changes I'll reimplement in the next commit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 17:46:09 +00:00
if (existing_filename) {
if (strcmp(current_default, existing_filename) == 0) {
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
free((void *)existing_filename);
Fix memory leaks and one potential NULL dereference Always make sure to clear the memory allocated at the "existing_filename" pointer when setting it to a new address or NULL. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Lifted these changes from a larger commit. The other changes I'll reimplement in the next commit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 17:46:09 +00:00
existing_filename = strdup(new_default);
}
}
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
if (strcmp(current_default, new_default)) {
subsurface_set_conf("default_filename", PREF_STRING, new_default);
free((void *)default_filename);
default_filename = new_default;
}
Don't close config file when changing preferences On Linux and MacOS the subsurface_close_conf() doesn't really close the config file (it flushes writes on MacOS), but on Windows it does actually close the registry hkey. Which is bad, if you change the settings multiple times - we assume that the config file is open the whole time. So add a "subsurface_flush_conf()" function, and call *that* when changing configuration parameters. And call the close function only at the very end. Alternatively, maybe we should just open the config file separately every time. I don't much care, maybe somebody else does. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:03:48 +00:00
/* Flush the changes out to the system */
subsurface_flush_conf();
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
} else if (result == GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL) {
prefs = oldprefs;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
Fixed some small memory leaks Looks like a GtkEntryCompletion object created with gtk_entry_completion_new() should be unreferenced after usage (e.g. post gtk_entry_set_completion()) In info.c:get_combo_box_entry_text(), moved the free(..) line outside, so that we can free regardless. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-01 19:22:12 +00:00
free((void *)current_default);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
}
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
static void create_toggle(const char* label, int *on, void *_data)
{
Rearrange the event filter dialog Create a table with four rows of toggle events and resize it as needed. This may not create the most beautiful layout, but it works. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 11:18:31 +00:00
GtkWidget *button, *table = _data;
int rows, cols, x, y;
static int count;
if (table == NULL) {
/* magic way to reset the number of toggle buttons
* that we have already added - call this before you
* create the dialog */
count = 0;
return;
}
g_object_get(G_OBJECT(table), "n-columns", &cols, "n-rows", &rows, NULL);
if (count > rows * cols) {
gtk_table_resize(GTK_TABLE(table),rows+1,cols);
rows++;
}
x = count % cols;
y = count / cols;
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(label);
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), *on);
Rearrange the event filter dialog Create a table with four rows of toggle events and resize it as needed. This may not create the most beautiful layout, but it works. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 11:18:31 +00:00
gtk_table_attach_defaults(GTK_TABLE(table), button, x, x+1, y, y+1);
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(event_toggle), on);
Rearrange the event filter dialog Create a table with four rows of toggle events and resize it as needed. This may not create the most beautiful layout, but it works. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 11:18:31 +00:00
count++;
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
}
static void selectevents_dialog(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
int result;
Rearrange the event filter dialog Create a table with four rows of toggle events and resize it as needed. This may not create the most beautiful layout, but it works. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 11:18:31 +00:00
GtkWidget *dialog, *frame, *vbox, *table;
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
Missing white-space in Select Events title Signed-off-by: Stéphane Raimbault <stephane.raimbault@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-25 16:32:23 +00:00
dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(_("Select Events"),
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_REJECT,
NULL);
Rearrange the event filter dialog Create a table with four rows of toggle events and resize it as needed. This may not create the most beautiful layout, but it works. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 11:18:31 +00:00
/* initialize the function that fills the table */
create_toggle(NULL, NULL, NULL);
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Enable / Disable Events"));
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
vbox = gtk_dialog_get_content_area(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
Rearrange the event filter dialog Create a table with four rows of toggle events and resize it as needed. This may not create the most beautiful layout, but it works. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 11:18:31 +00:00
table = gtk_table_new(1, 4, TRUE);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), table);
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
Rearrange the event filter dialog Create a table with four rows of toggle events and resize it as needed. This may not create the most beautiful layout, but it works. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 11:18:31 +00:00
evn_foreach(&create_toggle, table);
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
gtk_widget_show_all(dialog);
result = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
if (result == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
repaint_dive();
}
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
}
Add autogen menu command This adds the ability to auto create trips from the menu. It's a toggle entry (and while at it, we made the zoom toggle a toggle entry as well). We can therfore switch back and forth between auto generated trips. There is one bug. Assume you have no trips. You manually create a trip from some dives out of a group of trips that autogen would turn into a trip. Now you turn on autogen and this trip gets expanded with all the dives that would normally be grouped together. If you turn off autogen again, all those dives are still part of the remaining (initially manually created) trip. Working around this issue seemed a lot more work than the likelihood of anyone running into it seemed worth. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-03 04:48:30 +00:00
static void autogroup_cb(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
autogroup = !autogroup;
if (! autogroup)
remove_autogen_trips();
dive_list_update_dives();
}
Remove autogroup from the preferences and store per file instead Having two spots to toggle autogroup had always been a clear sign of insanity. The inconsistent ludicrous semantic of when we remembered the state of autogroup was even worse. This finally gets rid of that disaster and drops the autogroup setting from the preferences and makes it instead a per file property. When you save a file, it saves the state of the autogroup toggle. This seems much more useful - you may have files where you want to create trips by default. And others, where you don't. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 01:29:38 +00:00
void set_autogroup(gboolean value)
{
GtkAction *autogroup_action;
if (value == autogroup)
return;
autogroup_action = gtk_action_group_get_action(action_group, "Autogroup");
gtk_action_activate(autogroup_action);
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
static void renumber_dialog(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
int result;
For a manual renumber, default to the existing first dive number If renumbering a list of dives, default the start number to the existing first dive number. That way, if you do need to renumber (overlapping import or whatever), but your at least had your really old dives already numbered, we start off with a sane default. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-10-05 15:37:14 +00:00
struct dive *dive;
Use 'gtk_dialog_get_content_area()' instead of accessing dialog directly I'm reading gtk docs, and trying to clean things up a bit. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:26:37 +00:00
GtkWidget *dialog, *frame, *button, *vbox;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(_("Renumber"),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_REJECT,
NULL);
Use 'gtk_dialog_get_content_area()' instead of accessing dialog directly I'm reading gtk docs, and trying to clean things up a bit. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:26:37 +00:00
vbox = gtk_dialog_get_content_area(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("New starting number"));
Use 'gtk_dialog_get_content_area()' instead of accessing dialog directly I'm reading gtk docs, and trying to clean things up a bit. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:26:37 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, FALSE, 5);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
button = gtk_spin_button_new_with_range(1, 50000, 1);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), button);
For a manual renumber, default to the existing first dive number If renumbering a list of dives, default the start number to the existing first dive number. That way, if you do need to renumber (overlapping import or whatever), but your at least had your really old dives already numbered, we start off with a sane default. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-10-05 15:37:14 +00:00
/*
* Do we have a number for the first dive already? Use that
* as the default.
*/
dive = get_dive(0);
if (dive && dive->number)
gtk_spin_button_set_value(GTK_SPIN_BUTTON(button), dive->number);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_widget_show_all(dialog);
result = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
if (result == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
int nr = gtk_spin_button_get_value(GTK_SPIN_BUTTON(button));
renumber_dives(nr);
repaint_dive();
}
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
}
Add an 'About' dialog It's really just about the logo, but whatever. Dirk tells me I need one of these in order to call it 1.0. And I'm not going to fall into the trap of thinking that 1.0 needs to be something polished, it just needs to be working well enough.. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:48:13 +00:00
static void about_dialog(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
const char *logo_property = NULL;
GdkPixbuf *logo = NULL;
Have "make install" act more as expected for a desktop application I'm trying to get subsurface to get closer to becoming a "regular desktop application"; so far this is based on the recommendations and guidelines on OpenSUSE and Fedora. The icon is now named subsurface.svg and make install installs it in the correct location. At runtime subsurface first checks if an icon is installed and if it is it uses that - otherwise it falls back to the old code that tries to read the svg file from the current directory. We also install a subsurface.desktop file Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-11 22:58:38 +00:00
if (need_icon) {
Make icon file name OS helper function This way we can load the correct icon on the Mac without ugly hacks in the OS independent code. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-12-28 23:57:36 +00:00
GtkWidget *image = gtk_image_new_from_file(subsurface_icon_name());
Have "make install" act more as expected for a desktop application I'm trying to get subsurface to get closer to becoming a "regular desktop application"; so far this is based on the recommendations and guidelines on OpenSUSE and Fedora. The icon is now named subsurface.svg and make install installs it in the correct location. At runtime subsurface first checks if an icon is installed and if it is it uses that - otherwise it falls back to the old code that tries to read the svg file from the current directory. We also install a subsurface.desktop file Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-11 22:58:38 +00:00
Prevent a warning when showing the "About" dialog gtk-gui.c:about_dialog(): Before assigning a pixel buffer to "logo" check if "image" has a GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF storage type. Prevents the following message if the icon file is missing: Gtk-CRITICAL **: gtk_image_get_pixbuf: assertion The message that the file is missing is still shown. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-23 14:07:57 +00:00
if (gtk_image_get_storage_type(GTK_IMAGE(image)) == GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF) {
Have "make install" act more as expected for a desktop application I'm trying to get subsurface to get closer to becoming a "regular desktop application"; so far this is based on the recommendations and guidelines on OpenSUSE and Fedora. The icon is now named subsurface.svg and make install installs it in the correct location. At runtime subsurface first checks if an icon is installed and if it is it uses that - otherwise it falls back to the old code that tries to read the svg file from the current directory. We also install a subsurface.desktop file Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-11 22:58:38 +00:00
logo = gtk_image_get_pixbuf(GTK_IMAGE(image));
logo_property = "logo";
}
Add an 'About' dialog It's really just about the logo, but whatever. Dirk tells me I need one of these in order to call it 1.0. And I'm not going to fall into the trap of thinking that 1.0 needs to be something polished, it just needs to be working well enough.. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:48:13 +00:00
}
gtk_show_about_dialog(NULL,
Improved About dialog Add a link to the GPL, a link to the homepage, an opportunity for the translator to be listed (this requires the translations to translate the phrase "translator-credits" with the names of the translators - kinda nifty). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-21 05:39:40 +00:00
"title", _("About Subsurface"),
Use the name "Subsurface" in the "About" dialog Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-22 16:21:44 +00:00
"program-name", "Subsurface",
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
"comments", _("Multi-platform divelog software in C"),
Improved About dialog Add a link to the GPL, a link to the homepage, an opportunity for the translator to be listed (this requires the translations to translate the phrase "translator-credits" with the names of the translators - kinda nifty). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-21 05:39:40 +00:00
"website", "http://subsurface.hohndel.org",
"license", "GNU General Public License, version 2\nhttp://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html",
Add the version to the Makefile Not quite the same format as for the kernel, but I want to do the normal "edit the makefile before making a release" model that I'm used to. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 18:04:50 +00:00
"version", VERSION_STRING,
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
"copyright", _("Linus Torvalds, Dirk Hohndel, and others, 2011, 2012"),
Hopefully the last update to the po files before the release This one breaks with my preference to separate generated changes from content changes - I wanted to get the new comment next to the translator-credits text that I added to every .po file. This way the people who worked on these translations at least get shown in the About box. But a simple grep on the diff will show you that this is indeed the only set of changes that I made. git diff HEAD^ | grep ^+ | grep -v -e^+# -e^+++ -ePOT-Creation Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-22 03:59:43 +00:00
/*++GETTEXT the term translator-credits is magic - list the names of the tranlators here */
Improved About dialog Add a link to the GPL, a link to the homepage, an opportunity for the translator to be listed (this requires the translations to translate the phrase "translator-credits" with the names of the translators - kinda nifty). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-21 05:39:40 +00:00
"translator_credits", _("translator-credits"),
Have "make install" act more as expected for a desktop application I'm trying to get subsurface to get closer to becoming a "regular desktop application"; so far this is based on the recommendations and guidelines on OpenSUSE and Fedora. The icon is now named subsurface.svg and make install installs it in the correct location. At runtime subsurface first checks if an icon is installed and if it is it uses that - otherwise it falls back to the old code that tries to read the svg file from the current directory. We also install a subsurface.desktop file Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-11 22:58:38 +00:00
"logo-icon-name", "subsurface",
Add an 'About' dialog It's really just about the logo, but whatever. Dirk tells me I need one of these in order to call it 1.0. And I'm not going to fall into the trap of thinking that 1.0 needs to be something polished, it just needs to be working well enough.. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:48:13 +00:00
/* Must be last: */
logo_property, logo,
NULL);
}
Add shorthand actions for showing just one of the panes Currently just tied to F1-F4 (for divelist, profile, info, and "all three" respectively), which is just crazy. But using "ctrl-P" for "Profile" isn't sane either, that's the standard printer keyboard shortcut. So what would be good keyboard shortcuts for these things? I also wonder how I can get gtk to shut up about the fact that a pane becomes too small for the contents of that pane? We very much want to do that, and it's very intentional. Gtk does the right thing apart from the whining (and apart from the visually ugly part of a widget that doesn't fit, but making it pretty doesn't really seem possible). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-06 21:00:01 +00:00
static void view_list(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
gtk_paned_set_position(GTK_PANED(vpane), 0);
}
static void view_profile(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
gtk_paned_set_position(GTK_PANED(hpane), 0);
gtk_paned_set_position(GTK_PANED(vpane), 65535);
}
static void view_info(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
gtk_paned_set_position(GTK_PANED(vpane), 65535);
gtk_paned_set_position(GTK_PANED(hpane), 65535);
}
static void view_three(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
Divide the panes evenly in view_three There was a note by Linus that he doesn't know how to get the size, so I'm fixing that. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-29 09:13:36 +00:00
GtkAllocation alloc;
Fix default size for scrollable notebook Linus change in commit bcb9f67819bc ("Make the notebook portion (dive notes/equipment/info) a scrollable window") created a really ugly default where the notebook Dive Notes always ended up with a vertical scrollbar. This picks a much saner default layout for the panes. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-19 01:06:32 +00:00
GtkRequisition requisition;
Divide the panes evenly in view_three There was a note by Linus that he doesn't know how to get the size, so I'm fixing that. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-29 09:13:36 +00:00
gtk_widget_get_allocation(hpane, &alloc);
gtk_paned_set_position(GTK_PANED(hpane), alloc.width/2);
gtk_widget_get_allocation(vpane, &alloc);
Fix default size for scrollable notebook Linus change in commit bcb9f67819bc ("Make the notebook portion (dive notes/equipment/info) a scrollable window") created a really ugly default where the notebook Dive Notes always ended up with a vertical scrollbar. This picks a much saner default layout for the panes. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-19 01:06:32 +00:00
gtk_widget_size_request(notebook, &requisition);
/* pick the requested size for the notebook plus 6 pixels for frame */
gtk_paned_set_position(GTK_PANED(vpane), requisition.height + 6);
Add shorthand actions for showing just one of the panes Currently just tied to F1-F4 (for divelist, profile, info, and "all three" respectively), which is just crazy. But using "ctrl-P" for "Profile" isn't sane either, that's the standard printer keyboard shortcut. So what would be good keyboard shortcuts for these things? I also wonder how I can get gtk to shut up about the fact that a pane becomes too small for the contents of that pane? We very much want to do that, and it's very intentional. Gtk does the right thing apart from the whining (and apart from the visually ugly part of a widget that doesn't fit, but making it pretty doesn't really seem possible). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-06 21:00:01 +00:00
}
added "Zoom" button and improved scaling It should be possible to have a certain limit where we stop zooming so that short dives are visible as such at first glance. Therefore a "Zoom" button has been added to the "Log" menu along with a shortcut (Ctrl + "0"). The user can now zoom/unzoom the plot and is still able to quickly distinguish short dives from normal ones when browsing the log. Signed-off-by: Maximilian Güntner <maximilian.guentner@gmail.com>
2012-06-11 00:45:36 +00:00
static void toggle_zoom(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
zoomed_plot = (zoomed_plot)?0 : 1;
/*Update dive*/
repaint_dive();
}
Use the Left and Right keys to switch between divecomputers The existing code had the somewhat retarded Ctrl-C binding for displaying the next divecomputer and no way to go back to the previous one. With this commit we use our keyboard grab to map Left and Right to previous and next divecomputer. Much nicer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 18:20:22 +00:00
static void prev_dc(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
dc_number--;
/* If the dc number underflows, we'll "wrap around" and use the last dc */
repaint_dive();
}
Add a "View next dive computer" menu item This adds the capability to actually view all your dive computers, by adding a menu item under "Log"->"View"->"Next DC" to show the next dive computer. Realistically, if you actually commonly use this, you'd use the accelerator shortcut. Which right now is Ctrl-C ("C for Computer"), which is probably a horrible choice. I really would want to have nice "next/prev dive" accelerators too, because the cursor keys don't work very well with the gtk focus issues. Being able to switch between dives would also make the "just the dive profile, maam" view (ctrl-2) much more useful. The prev/next dive in the profile view should probably be done with a keyboard action callback, which also avoids some of the limitations of accelerators (ie you can make any key do the action). Some gtk person, please? Anyway, this commit only does the dive computer choice thing, and only using the accelerators. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-17 17:37:07 +00:00
static void next_dc(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
dc_number++;
/* If the dc number overflows, we'll "wrap around" and zero it */
repaint_dive();
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
static GtkActionEntry menu_items[] = {
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
{ "FileMenuAction", NULL, N_("File"), NULL, NULL, NULL},
{ "LogMenuAction", NULL, N_("Log"), NULL, NULL, NULL},
{ "ViewMenuAction", NULL, N_("View"), NULL, NULL, NULL},
{ "FilterMenuAction", NULL, N_("Filter"), NULL, NULL, NULL},
{ "HelpMenuAction", NULL, N_("Help"), NULL, NULL, NULL},
Make translations of menu entries explicit It appears that at least for Norwegian the translations of the stock menu entries was missing. This patch adds those as explicit strings and merges those new strings into the .po files. The translations need to be updated in separate commits. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 14:08:45 +00:00
{ "NewFile", GTK_STOCK_NEW, N_("New"), CTRLCHAR "N", NULL, G_CALLBACK(file_close) },
Mark menu entries that open another dialog with "..." This is a very common standard in desktop programs - if a menu entry immediately causes an action (like Close or New or Toggle Autogroup) then it doesn't have the "..."; others that open a secondary dialog (like Open or Import / Download) are marked with "...". Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-21 07:48:38 +00:00
{ "OpenFile", GTK_STOCK_OPEN, N_("Open..."), CTRLCHAR "O", NULL, G_CALLBACK(file_open) },
{ "SaveFile", GTK_STOCK_SAVE, N_("Save..."), CTRLCHAR "S", NULL, G_CALLBACK(file_save) },
{ "SaveAsFile", GTK_STOCK_SAVE_AS, N_("Save As..."), SHIFTCHAR CTRLCHAR "S", NULL, G_CALLBACK(file_save_as) },
Make translations of menu entries explicit It appears that at least for Norwegian the translations of the stock menu entries was missing. This patch adds those as explicit strings and merges those new strings into the .po files. The translations need to be updated in separate commits. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 14:08:45 +00:00
{ "CloseFile", GTK_STOCK_CLOSE, N_("Close"), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(file_close) },
Mark menu entries that open another dialog with "..." This is a very common standard in desktop programs - if a menu entry immediately causes an action (like Close or New or Toggle Autogroup) then it doesn't have the "..."; others that open a secondary dialog (like Open or Import / Download) are marked with "...". Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-21 07:48:38 +00:00
{ "Print", GTK_STOCK_PRINT, N_("Print..."), CTRLCHAR "P", NULL, G_CALLBACK(do_print) },
{ "ImportFile", GTK_STOCK_GO_BACK, N_("Import XML File(s)..."), CTRLCHAR "I", NULL, G_CALLBACK(import_files) },
{ "DownloadLog", GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN, N_("Download From Dive Computer..."), CTRLCHAR "D", NULL, G_CALLBACK(download_dialog) },
{ "AddDive", GTK_STOCK_ADD, N_("Add Dive..."), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(add_dive_cb) },
{ "Preferences", GTK_STOCK_PREFERENCES, N_("Preferences..."), PREFERENCE_ACCEL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(preferences_dialog) },
{ "Renumber", NULL, N_("Renumber..."), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(renumber_dialog) },
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
{ "YearlyStats", NULL, N_("Yearly Statistics"), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(show_yearly_stats) },
Missing white-space in Select Events title Signed-off-by: Stéphane Raimbault <stephane.raimbault@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-25 16:32:23 +00:00
{ "SelectEvents", NULL, N_("Select Events..."), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(selectevents_dialog) },
Make translations of menu entries explicit It appears that at least for Norwegian the translations of the stock menu entries was missing. This patch adds those as explicit strings and merges those new strings into the .po files. The translations need to be updated in separate commits. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 14:08:45 +00:00
{ "Quit", GTK_STOCK_QUIT, N_("Quit"), CTRLCHAR "Q", NULL, G_CALLBACK(quit) },
Mark menu entries that open another dialog with "..." This is a very common standard in desktop programs - if a menu entry immediately causes an action (like Close or New or Toggle Autogroup) then it doesn't have the "..."; others that open a secondary dialog (like Open or Import / Download) are marked with "...". Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-21 07:48:38 +00:00
{ "About", GTK_STOCK_ABOUT, N_("About Subsurface"), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(about_dialog) },
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
{ "ViewList", NULL, N_("List"), CTRLCHAR "1", NULL, G_CALLBACK(view_list) },
{ "ViewProfile", NULL, N_("Profile"), CTRLCHAR "2", NULL, G_CALLBACK(view_profile) },
{ "ViewInfo", NULL, N_("Info"), CTRLCHAR "3", NULL, G_CALLBACK(view_info) },
{ "ViewThree", NULL, N_("Three"), CTRLCHAR "4", NULL, G_CALLBACK(view_three) },
Use the Left and Right keys to switch between divecomputers The existing code had the somewhat retarded Ctrl-C binding for displaying the next divecomputer and no way to go back to the previous one. With this commit we use our keyboard grab to map Left and Right to previous and next divecomputer. Much nicer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 18:20:22 +00:00
{ "PrevDC", NULL, N_("Prev DC"), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(prev_dc) },
{ "NextDC", NULL, N_("Next DC"), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(next_dc) },
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
};
static gint nmenu_items = sizeof (menu_items) / sizeof (menu_items[0]);
Add autogen menu command This adds the ability to auto create trips from the menu. It's a toggle entry (and while at it, we made the zoom toggle a toggle entry as well). We can therfore switch back and forth between auto generated trips. There is one bug. Assume you have no trips. You manually create a trip from some dives out of a group of trips that autogen would turn into a trip. Now you turn on autogen and this trip gets expanded with all the dives that would normally be grouped together. If you turn off autogen again, all those dives are still part of the remaining (initially manually created) trip. Working around this issue seemed a lot more work than the likelihood of anyone running into it seemed worth. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-03 04:48:30 +00:00
static GtkToggleActionEntry toggle_items[] = {
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
{ "Autogroup", NULL, N_("Autogroup"), NULL, NULL, G_CALLBACK(autogroup_cb), FALSE },
{ "ToggleZoom", NULL, N_("Toggle Zoom"), CTRLCHAR "0", NULL, G_CALLBACK(toggle_zoom), FALSE },
Add autogen menu command This adds the ability to auto create trips from the menu. It's a toggle entry (and while at it, we made the zoom toggle a toggle entry as well). We can therfore switch back and forth between auto generated trips. There is one bug. Assume you have no trips. You manually create a trip from some dives out of a group of trips that autogen would turn into a trip. Now you turn on autogen and this trip gets expanded with all the dives that would normally be grouped together. If you turn off autogen again, all those dives are still part of the remaining (initially manually created) trip. Working around this issue seemed a lot more work than the likelihood of anyone running into it seemed worth. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-03 04:48:30 +00:00
};
static gint ntoggle_items = sizeof (toggle_items) / sizeof (toggle_items[0]);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
static const gchar* ui_string = " \
<ui> \
<menubar name=\"MainMenu\"> \
<menu name=\"FileMenu\" action=\"FileMenuAction\"> \
Added an entry "New" in the "File" menu Currently doubles the functionality of "Close" (file_close). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 23:23:02 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"New\" action=\"NewFile\" /> \
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Open\" action=\"OpenFile\" /> \
<menuitem name=\"Save\" action=\"SaveFile\" /> \
Add a 'Save As' entry in the menu. Add a "Save As" entry in the "File" menu allowing the user to specify the file in which to save the data. This is useful as we no longer offer this option through the "Save" entry while the data had been opened from an existing file. Signed-off-by: Pierre-Yves Chibon
2012-07-17 14:49:27 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Save As\" action=\"SaveAsFile\" /> \
Implement Close menu option that allows closing the data file This requires some helper routines that allow us to clear out all the widgets. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 21:32:55 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Close\" action=\"CloseFile\" /> \
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
<separator name=\"Separator1\"/> \
Separate the "Import" menu entry into two menu entries in "File" and "Log" New entries with icons and shortcut keys in the menus. "Import XML File" is now using CTRL + I. Reserve CTRL + E for "Export XML File" if possible. "Download From Dive Computer" is using CTRL + D and a GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN icon. Added separator below this entry in the "Log" menu. Note: menu entry callbacks are NULL at this stage. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 22:12:37 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Import XML File\" action=\"ImportFile\" /> \
Move the "Import" function from the File menu to the Log menu Sure, you can import a file too, but it really makes more sense to have the actions related to importing new logs under "Log", I think. I don't think of it as a file operation. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:56:01 +00:00
<separator name=\"Separator2\"/> \
Moved "Import" in a separate section in the "File" menu Moved the entry bellow the standard file operations and above "Print". Also placed it between separators and added the GTK_STOCK_GO_BACK icon. Later on "Export" can be placed below "Import" using GTK_STOCK_GO_FORWARD. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 22:29:45 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Print\" action=\"Print\" /> \
<separator name=\"Separator3\"/> \
<menuitem name=\"Preferences\" action=\"Preferences\" /> \
<separator name=\"Separator4\"/> \
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Quit\" action=\"Quit\" /> \
</menu> \
<menu name=\"LogMenu\" action=\"LogMenuAction\"> \
Separate the "Import" menu entry into two menu entries in "File" and "Log" New entries with icons and shortcut keys in the menus. "Import XML File" is now using CTRL + I. Reserve CTRL + E for "Export XML File" if possible. "Download From Dive Computer" is using CTRL + D and a GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN icon. Added separator below this entry in the "Log" menu. Note: menu entry callbacks are NULL at this stage. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 22:12:37 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Download From Dive Computer\" action=\"DownloadLog\" /> \
<separator name=\"Separator1\"/> \
Make it possible to do "Add Dive" from just the main dive menu No need for right-clicks. It's inconvenient on lots of laptops etc, so allow just using the Dive menu as an alternative. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-28 01:09:26 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Add Dive\" action=\"AddDive\" /> \
Separate the "Import" menu entry into two menu entries in "File" and "Log" New entries with icons and shortcut keys in the menus. "Import XML File" is now using CTRL + I. Reserve CTRL + E for "Export XML File" if possible. "Download From Dive Computer" is using CTRL + D and a GTK_STOCK_GO_DOWN icon. Added separator below this entry in the "Log" menu. Note: menu entry callbacks are NULL at this stage. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 22:12:37 +00:00
<separator name=\"Separator2\"/> \
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Renumber\" action=\"Renumber\" /> \
Add autogen menu command This adds the ability to auto create trips from the menu. It's a toggle entry (and while at it, we made the zoom toggle a toggle entry as well). We can therfore switch back and forth between auto generated trips. There is one bug. Assume you have no trips. You manually create a trip from some dives out of a group of trips that autogen would turn into a trip. Now you turn on autogen and this trip gets expanded with all the dives that would normally be grouped together. If you turn off autogen again, all those dives are still part of the remaining (initially manually created) trip. Working around this issue seemed a lot more work than the likelihood of anyone running into it seemed worth. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-03 04:48:30 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Autogroup\" action=\"Autogroup\" /> \
added "Zoom" button and improved scaling It should be possible to have a certain limit where we stop zooming so that short dives are visible as such at first glance. Therefore a "Zoom" button has been added to the "Log" menu along with a shortcut (Ctrl + "0"). The user can now zoom/unzoom the plot and is still able to quickly distinguish short dives from normal ones when browsing the log. Signed-off-by: Maximilian Güntner <maximilian.guentner@gmail.com>
2012-06-11 00:45:36 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"Toggle Zoom\" action=\"ToggleZoom\" /> \
Display yearly/monthly statistics Display yearly statistics in a statistics window with option to expand the viewing on monthly level. The amount of dives along with basic information like duration, depth, water temperature and air consumption is displayed in yearly and monthly level. Thus you are able to compare e.g. development of air consumption or diving activity from year to year. Using already existing macro for splitting seconds into minutes:seconds. Moving repetitive code to a function (couldn't think of the suggested clever macro, but this should pretty much do the trick). Now the statistics are updated every time the process_all_dives function is called. It might make sense to actually verify the structures need to be re-allocated, but such optimization is currently not implemented. Signed-off-by: Miika Turkia <miika.turkia@gmail.com> Combined two commits. Minor cleanups for white space and boolean values. Significant changes to use the correct units for volumes vs. depths and to avoid unneccesary lookups of the model storage based on the tree. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 19:17:28 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"YearlyStats\" action=\"YearlyStats\" /> \
Add shorthand actions for showing just one of the panes Currently just tied to F1-F4 (for divelist, profile, info, and "all three" respectively), which is just crazy. But using "ctrl-P" for "Profile" isn't sane either, that's the standard printer keyboard shortcut. So what would be good keyboard shortcuts for these things? I also wonder how I can get gtk to shut up about the fact that a pane becomes too small for the contents of that pane? We very much want to do that, and it's very intentional. Gtk does the right thing apart from the whining (and apart from the visually ugly part of a widget that doesn't fit, but making it pretty doesn't really seem possible). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-06 21:00:01 +00:00
<menu name=\"View\" action=\"ViewMenuAction\"> \
<menuitem name=\"List\" action=\"ViewList\" /> \
<menuitem name=\"Profile\" action=\"ViewProfile\" /> \
<menuitem name=\"Info\" action=\"ViewInfo\" /> \
<menuitem name=\"Paned\" action=\"ViewThree\" /> \
Use the Left and Right keys to switch between divecomputers The existing code had the somewhat retarded Ctrl-C binding for displaying the next divecomputer and no way to go back to the previous one. With this commit we use our keyboard grab to map Left and Right to previous and next divecomputer. Much nicer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 18:20:22 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"PrevDC\" action=\"PrevDC\" /> \
Add a "View next dive computer" menu item This adds the capability to actually view all your dive computers, by adding a menu item under "Log"->"View"->"Next DC" to show the next dive computer. Realistically, if you actually commonly use this, you'd use the accelerator shortcut. Which right now is Ctrl-C ("C for Computer"), which is probably a horrible choice. I really would want to have nice "next/prev dive" accelerators too, because the cursor keys don't work very well with the gtk focus issues. Being able to switch between dives would also make the "just the dive profile, maam" view (ctrl-2) much more useful. The prev/next dive in the profile view should probably be done with a keyboard action callback, which also avoids some of the limitations of accelerators (ie you can make any key do the action). Some gtk person, please? Anyway, this commit only does the dive computer choice thing, and only using the accelerators. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-17 17:37:07 +00:00
<menuitem name=\"NextDC\" action=\"NextDC\" /> \
Add shorthand actions for showing just one of the panes Currently just tied to F1-F4 (for divelist, profile, info, and "all three" respectively), which is just crazy. But using "ctrl-P" for "Profile" isn't sane either, that's the standard printer keyboard shortcut. So what would be good keyboard shortcuts for these things? I also wonder how I can get gtk to shut up about the fact that a pane becomes too small for the contents of that pane? We very much want to do that, and it's very intentional. Gtk does the right thing apart from the whining (and apart from the visually ugly part of a widget that doesn't fit, but making it pretty doesn't really seem possible). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-12-06 21:00:01 +00:00
</menu> \
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
</menu> \
Add menu item and dialog to select which events to display Right now they are displayed in one hbox which doesn't work if you have many events - but the code itself works and correctly toggles the events on and off. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-25 09:51:16 +00:00
<menu name=\"FilterMenu\" action=\"FilterMenuAction\"> \
<menuitem name=\"SelectEvents\" action=\"SelectEvents\" /> \
</menu> \
Add an 'About' dialog It's really just about the logo, but whatever. Dirk tells me I need one of these in order to call it 1.0. And I'm not going to fall into the trap of thinking that 1.0 needs to be something polished, it just needs to be working well enough.. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:48:13 +00:00
<menu name=\"Help\" action=\"HelpMenuAction\"> \
<menuitem name=\"About\" action=\"About\" /> \
</menu> \
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
</menubar> \
</ui> \
";
Even more Mac-i-ness Move the About and Preferences menu item to the App menu. Switch the accelerator key to be Meta (i.e., Command) instead of Control This required a bit of restructuring of the code, but it's all for a good cause. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-03 04:49:10 +00:00
static GtkWidget *get_menubar_menu(GtkWidget *window, GtkUIManager *ui_manager)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
Remove autogroup from the preferences and store per file instead Having two spots to toggle autogroup had always been a clear sign of insanity. The inconsistent ludicrous semantic of when we remembered the state of autogroup was even worse. This finally gets rid of that disaster and drops the autogroup setting from the preferences and makes it instead a per file property. When you save a file, it saves the state of the autogroup toggle. This seems much more useful - you may have files where you want to create trips by default. And others, where you don't. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 01:29:38 +00:00
action_group = gtk_action_group_new("Menu");
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
gtk_action_group_set_translation_domain(action_group, "subsurface");
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_action_group_add_actions(action_group, menu_items, nmenu_items, 0);
Correctly initialize the toggle state of the autogroup menu entry If we move to Linus' tri-state variable we need to separate those two items, anyway. But for now this fixes the obvious bug. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-03 15:01:21 +00:00
toggle_items[0].is_active = autogroup;
Add autogen menu command This adds the ability to auto create trips from the menu. It's a toggle entry (and while at it, we made the zoom toggle a toggle entry as well). We can therfore switch back and forth between auto generated trips. There is one bug. Assume you have no trips. You manually create a trip from some dives out of a group of trips that autogen would turn into a trip. Now you turn on autogen and this trip gets expanded with all the dives that would normally be grouped together. If you turn off autogen again, all those dives are still part of the remaining (initially manually created) trip. Working around this issue seemed a lot more work than the likelihood of anyone running into it seemed worth. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-03 04:48:30 +00:00
gtk_action_group_add_toggle_actions(action_group, toggle_items, ntoggle_items, 0);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_ui_manager_insert_action_group(ui_manager, action_group, 0);
GError* error = 0;
gtk_ui_manager_add_ui_from_string(GTK_UI_MANAGER(ui_manager), ui_string, -1, &error);
gtk_window_add_accel_group(GTK_WINDOW(window), gtk_ui_manager_get_accel_group(ui_manager));
GtkWidget* menu = gtk_ui_manager_get_widget(ui_manager, "/MainMenu");
return menu;
}
static void switch_page(GtkNotebook *notebook, gint arg1, gpointer user_data)
{
repaint_dive();
}
First step towards grabbing keys and handling them ourselves This commit steals the cursor up and down keys away from gtk so regardless where gtk thinks the focus may be, we can still use the keys to change between dives. In the current UI design where all editing happens in separate windows this works as expected, as we only grab the keys for the main window. If we manage to re-enable in-place editing then we need to make sure that this doesn't cause problems (as gtk uses up/down for the ability to change drop down selections in combo boxes or values in spin buttons. So we must make sure that we stop stealing these keys once we start editing something (in which case simply switching to the next/prev dive wouldn't be a good thing, anyway). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 16:22:46 +00:00
static gboolean on_key_press(GtkWidget *w, GdkEventKey *event, GtkWidget *divelist)
{
if (event->type != GDK_KEY_PRESS)
return FALSE;
switch (event->keyval) {
Use old style (pre gtk-2.22) keysyms And include the compatibility header to build on newer versions. Reported-by: Salvador Cuñat <salvador.cunat@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 21:01:02 +00:00
case GDK_Up:
First step towards grabbing keys and handling them ourselves This commit steals the cursor up and down keys away from gtk so regardless where gtk thinks the focus may be, we can still use the keys to change between dives. In the current UI design where all editing happens in separate windows this works as expected, as we only grab the keys for the main window. If we manage to re-enable in-place editing then we need to make sure that this doesn't cause problems (as gtk uses up/down for the ability to change drop down selections in combo boxes or values in spin buttons. So we must make sure that we stop stealing these keys once we start editing something (in which case simply switching to the next/prev dive wouldn't be a good thing, anyway). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 16:22:46 +00:00
select_prev_dive();
return TRUE;
Use old style (pre gtk-2.22) keysyms And include the compatibility header to build on newer versions. Reported-by: Salvador Cuñat <salvador.cunat@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 21:01:02 +00:00
case GDK_Down:
First step towards grabbing keys and handling them ourselves This commit steals the cursor up and down keys away from gtk so regardless where gtk thinks the focus may be, we can still use the keys to change between dives. In the current UI design where all editing happens in separate windows this works as expected, as we only grab the keys for the main window. If we manage to re-enable in-place editing then we need to make sure that this doesn't cause problems (as gtk uses up/down for the ability to change drop down selections in combo boxes or values in spin buttons. So we must make sure that we stop stealing these keys once we start editing something (in which case simply switching to the next/prev dive wouldn't be a good thing, anyway). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 16:22:46 +00:00
select_next_dive();
return TRUE;
Use old style (pre gtk-2.22) keysyms And include the compatibility header to build on newer versions. Reported-by: Salvador Cuñat <salvador.cunat@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 21:01:02 +00:00
case GDK_Left:
Use the Left and Right keys to switch between divecomputers The existing code had the somewhat retarded Ctrl-C binding for displaying the next divecomputer and no way to go back to the previous one. With this commit we use our keyboard grab to map Left and Right to previous and next divecomputer. Much nicer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 18:20:22 +00:00
prev_dc(NULL, NULL);
return TRUE;
Use old style (pre gtk-2.22) keysyms And include the compatibility header to build on newer versions. Reported-by: Salvador Cuñat <salvador.cunat@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 21:01:02 +00:00
case GDK_Right:
Use the Left and Right keys to switch between divecomputers The existing code had the somewhat retarded Ctrl-C binding for displaying the next divecomputer and no way to go back to the previous one. With this commit we use our keyboard grab to map Left and Right to previous and next divecomputer. Much nicer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 18:20:22 +00:00
next_dc(NULL, NULL);
return TRUE;
First step towards grabbing keys and handling them ourselves This commit steals the cursor up and down keys away from gtk so regardless where gtk thinks the focus may be, we can still use the keys to change between dives. In the current UI design where all editing happens in separate windows this works as expected, as we only grab the keys for the main window. If we manage to re-enable in-place editing then we need to make sure that this doesn't cause problems (as gtk uses up/down for the ability to change drop down selections in combo boxes or values in spin buttons. So we must make sure that we stop stealing these keys once we start editing something (in which case simply switching to the next/prev dive wouldn't be a good thing, anyway). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 16:22:46 +00:00
}
return FALSE;
}
Fix 'init_ui()' so that it can change argc/argv That's what gtk_init() does with gtk-specific arguments. IOW, if you do things like subsurface --g-fatal-warnings dives.xml to get a real abort on gtk warnings, gtk_init needs to be able to actually change argc/argv. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-11-02 00:09:15 +00:00
void init_ui(int *argcp, char ***argvp)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
GtkWidget *win;
Create separate single dive and total stats pages No additional statistics added, yet. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-15 22:29:08 +00:00
GtkWidget *nb_page;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GtkWidget *dive_list;
GtkWidget *menubar;
GtkWidget *vbox;
Make the notebook portion (dive notes/equipment/info) a scrollable window This makes things start up with the wrong size, which is somewhat annoying, but by doing so avoids a bigger annoyance, namely that the three panes move around when moving between dives. In particular, if the initial dive didn't have much of an equipment list, the initial size allocated for the notebook is fairly small and determined mainly by the size of the the Dive Notes page. However, when you then scroll around in the dive list, you might hit a dive with lots of equipment, and suddenly the panes dividing the different parts of the subsurface application window will jump around to make room. That's horribly annoying, and actually makes things like double-clicking dives in the dive list not work right, because the first click will select it, and cause the dive to move around (so the second click will hit a totally different dive). Now, making the notebook be in a scrollable window means that if the size of the notebook changes, it might get a scrollbar, but the panes themselves do not move around. The initial sizing of that thing being wrong is annoying, though. We need to figure out a separate solution to that. [ Side note: currently it uses GTK_POLICY_NEVER for the horizontal scroll-bar, just to avoid the horizontal size also starting out wrong, which is *really* nasty. If we can solve the initial size issue, we should make the horizontal scroll-bar be GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC too. ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-18 21:37:43 +00:00
GtkWidget *scrolled;
Have "make install" act more as expected for a desktop application I'm trying to get subsurface to get closer to becoming a "regular desktop application"; so far this is based on the recommendations and guidelines on OpenSUSE and Fedora. The icon is now named subsurface.svg and make install installs it in the correct location. At runtime subsurface first checks if an icon is installed and if it is it uses that - otherwise it falls back to the old code that tries to read the svg file from the current directory. We also install a subsurface.desktop file Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-11 22:58:38 +00:00
GdkScreen *screen;
GtkIconTheme *icon_theme=NULL;
Shorten the tooltip timeout Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 23:06:27 +00:00
GtkSettings *settings;
Even more Mac-i-ness Move the About and Preferences menu item to the App menu. Switch the accelerator key to be Meta (i.e., Command) instead of Control This required a bit of restructuring of the code, but it's all for a good cause. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-03 04:49:10 +00:00
GtkUIManager *ui_manager;
First implementation of native Uemis downloader This includes one major hack that uses a private data structure from libdivecomputer to allow us to show the Uemis Zurich as one computer the user can import from. Once the user has chosen the Uemis we don't use libdivecomputer but our own downloader. Just like in the libdicecomputer case this runs in its own thread and updates the import dialog with progress information. The code also keeps track of the last dive that has been downloaded from a Uemis computer so we only import new dives on subsequent downloads. And since the Uemis Zurich gives us its device id, we make this a "per divecomputer" property for people who dive with multiple Uemis Zurich computers. This uses the debugfile infrastructure to allow easily collecting debugging output - especially on Windows where by default console output is lost. Known limitations: when the Uemis runs out of space (it uses its filesystem for communication with the host computer) we have no graceful way to reset things. This is why the code doesn't try to download ALL dives on the computer but instead download them in increments of ten dives. This clearly needs to be addressed once I understand how to reset the device. The Cancel button of the import dialog isn't correctly hooked up, yet. I still need to figure out how to gracefully shut down a download without potentially hanging the device. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-25 14:28:47 +00:00
const char *conf_value;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Fix 'init_ui()' so that it can change argc/argv That's what gtk_init() does with gtk-specific arguments. IOW, if you do things like subsurface --g-fatal-warnings dives.xml to get a real abort on gtk warnings, gtk_init needs to be able to actually change argc/argv. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-11-02 00:09:15 +00:00
gtk_init(argcp, argvp);
Shorten the tooltip timeout Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 23:06:27 +00:00
settings = gtk_settings_get_default();
Turn menu and button images on regardless of OS settings. Right now the menu and button images are a distribution choice - some have them on, some have them off. I kinda like them and think that even on OSs that have them off by default this doesn't look out of place (as other apps clearly do the same). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-29 23:13:50 +00:00
gtk_settings_set_long_property(settings, "gtk-tooltip-timeout", 10, "subsurface setting");
gtk_settings_set_long_property(settings, "gtk-menu-images", 1, "subsurface setting");
gtk_settings_set_long_property(settings, "gtk-button-images", 1, "subsurface setting");
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Use subsurface_os_feature_available() to check for unicode stars support Mainly affecting older Windows (such as XP), which do not have a more fully featured unicode fonts installed, such as Arial Unicode MS. With this patch we do a runtime check of the OS version in a couple of places and if the OS is old, we use the asterix character and spaces instead of the unicode star characters. Linux and OSX should be unaffected by this change unless subsurface_os_feature_available() returns FALSE for UTF8_FONT_WITH_STARS at some point. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-19 23:31:07 +00:00
/* check if utf8 stars are available as a default OS feature */
if (!subsurface_os_feature_available(UTF8_FONT_WITH_STARS)) {
star_strings[0] = " ";
star_strings[1] = "* ";
star_strings[2] = "** ";
star_strings[3] = "*** ";
star_strings[4] = "**** ";
star_strings[5] = "*****";
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
g_type_init();
Don't use gconf on Windows So far this just removes the gconf code - so no preferences for Windows. It also removes the unsused gconf references in main.c Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-28 05:10:35 +00:00
Split reading/writing preferences into OS specific files This adds tested code for Linux and Mac OS, implementing the api that Linus suggested. The Windows code was moved into its own file, but hasn't even been compile tested, yet. In order to have just one interface to set or get a preference value we encode TRUE as (void *) 1 and FALSE as NULL. This works consistently on all platforms and regardless of whether we have 32 or 64 bit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-11-24 06:56:57 +00:00
subsurface_open_conf();
if (subsurface_get_conf("feet", PREF_BOOL))
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.output_units.length = FEET;
Split reading/writing preferences into OS specific files This adds tested code for Linux and Mac OS, implementing the api that Linus suggested. The Windows code was moved into its own file, but hasn't even been compile tested, yet. In order to have just one interface to set or get a preference value we encode TRUE as (void *) 1 and FALSE as NULL. This works consistently on all platforms and regardless of whether we have 32 or 64 bit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-11-24 06:56:57 +00:00
if (subsurface_get_conf("psi", PREF_BOOL))
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.output_units.pressure = PSI;
Split reading/writing preferences into OS specific files This adds tested code for Linux and Mac OS, implementing the api that Linus suggested. The Windows code was moved into its own file, but hasn't even been compile tested, yet. In order to have just one interface to set or get a preference value we encode TRUE as (void *) 1 and FALSE as NULL. This works consistently on all platforms and regardless of whether we have 32 or 64 bit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-11-24 06:56:57 +00:00
if (subsurface_get_conf("cuft", PREF_BOOL))
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.output_units.volume = CUFT;
Split reading/writing preferences into OS specific files This adds tested code for Linux and Mac OS, implementing the api that Linus suggested. The Windows code was moved into its own file, but hasn't even been compile tested, yet. In order to have just one interface to set or get a preference value we encode TRUE as (void *) 1 and FALSE as NULL. This works consistently on all platforms and regardless of whether we have 32 or 64 bit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-11-24 06:56:57 +00:00
if (subsurface_get_conf("fahrenheit", PREF_BOOL))
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.output_units.temperature = FAHRENHEIT;
Add weight system tracking - supports multiple weight systems per dive - supports multiple weight system types - supports import of weight as tracked by DivingLog Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-12-24 03:41:16 +00:00
if (subsurface_get_conf("lbs", PREF_BOOL))
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.output_units.weight = LBS;
Make columns for temperature, cylinder, and nitrox optional Just like SAC and OTU these can now be turned on and off through the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-23 20:36:37 +00:00
/* an unset key is FALSE - all these are hidden by default */
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.visible_cols.cylinder = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("CYLINDER", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.visible_cols.temperature = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("TEMPERATURE", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.visible_cols.totalweight = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("TOTALWEIGHT", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.visible_cols.suit = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("SUIT", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.visible_cols.nitrox = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("NITROX", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.visible_cols.otu = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("OTU", PREF_BOOL));
Merge branch 'cns' into cns-merge I foolishly changed visible_columns in both the (ill-named) cns branch and master... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> Conflicts: divelist.c gtk-gui.c profile.c
2012-12-11 21:09:48 +00:00
prefs.visible_cols.maxcns = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("MAXCNS", PREF_BOOL));
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.visible_cols.sac = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("SAC", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.pp_graphs.po2 = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("po2graph", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.pp_graphs.pn2 = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("pn2graph", PREF_BOOL));
prefs.pp_graphs.phe = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("phegraph", PREF_BOOL));
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
conf_value = subsurface_get_conf("po2threshold", PREF_STRING);
Fixed some memory leaks related to subsurface_get_conf() In gtk-gui.c:init() we retrieve the configuration values for PO2, PN2, PHE thresholds but have to also free the values once done parsing with sscanf(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:35 +00:00
if (conf_value) {
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
sscanf(conf_value, "%lf", &prefs.pp_graphs.po2_threshold);
Fixed some memory leaks related to subsurface_get_conf() In gtk-gui.c:init() we retrieve the configuration values for PO2, PN2, PHE thresholds but have to also free the values once done parsing with sscanf(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:35 +00:00
free((void *)conf_value);
}
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
conf_value = subsurface_get_conf("pn2threshold", PREF_STRING);
Fixed some memory leaks related to subsurface_get_conf() In gtk-gui.c:init() we retrieve the configuration values for PO2, PN2, PHE thresholds but have to also free the values once done parsing with sscanf(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:35 +00:00
if (conf_value) {
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
sscanf(conf_value, "%lf", &prefs.pp_graphs.pn2_threshold);
Fixed some memory leaks related to subsurface_get_conf() In gtk-gui.c:init() we retrieve the configuration values for PO2, PN2, PHE thresholds but have to also free the values once done parsing with sscanf(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:35 +00:00
free((void *)conf_value);
}
Add threshold feature for partial pressure graphs The tec diving preference pane now allows us to set a partial pressure threshold for each of the three gases. When the partial pressure surpasses that value, the graph becomes red. Fixes #12 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:58:42 +00:00
conf_value = subsurface_get_conf("phethreshold", PREF_STRING);
Fixed some memory leaks related to subsurface_get_conf() In gtk-gui.c:init() we retrieve the configuration values for PO2, PN2, PHE thresholds but have to also free the values once done parsing with sscanf(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:35 +00:00
if (conf_value) {
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
sscanf(conf_value, "%lf", &prefs.pp_graphs.phe_threshold);
Fixed some memory leaks related to subsurface_get_conf() In gtk-gui.c:init() we retrieve the configuration values for PO2, PN2, PHE thresholds but have to also free the values once done parsing with sscanf(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:35 +00:00
free((void *)conf_value);
}
Move global variables covered by Preferences into one structure Now we can simply remember the state of all the preferences at the beginning of preferences_dialog() and restore them if the user presses 'Cancel'. Fixes #21 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 17:20:57 +00:00
prefs.profile_red_ceiling = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("redceiling", PREF_BOOL));
Add configurable visualization of calculated ceiling This is on top of the deco information reported by the dive computer (in a different color - currently ugly green). The user needs to enable this via the Tec page of the preferences. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-03 06:45:21 +00:00
prefs.profile_calc_ceiling = PTR_TO_BOOL(subsurface_get_conf("calcceiling", PREF_BOOL));
Split reading/writing preferences into OS specific files This adds tested code for Linux and Mac OS, implementing the api that Linus suggested. The Windows code was moved into its own file, but hasn't even been compile tested, yet. In order to have just one interface to set or get a preference value we encode TRUE as (void *) 1 and FALSE as NULL. This works consistently on all platforms and regardless of whether we have 32 or 64 bit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-11-24 06:56:57 +00:00
divelist_font = subsurface_get_conf("divelist_font", PREF_STRING);
Remove autogroup from the preferences and store per file instead Having two spots to toggle autogroup had always been a clear sign of insanity. The inconsistent ludicrous semantic of when we remembered the state of autogroup was even worse. This finally gets rid of that disaster and drops the autogroup setting from the preferences and makes it instead a per file property. When you save a file, it saves the state of the autogroup toggle. This seems much more useful - you may have files where you want to create trips by default. And others, where you don't. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 01:29:38 +00:00
First cut of adding a default file name The default file name is OS specific and tries to follow the customs on each of the OSs. It can be configured through the preferences dialog. On MacOS we get a strange warning which appears to be a well documented Gtk bug on MacOS. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-09 16:06:44 +00:00
default_filename = subsurface_get_conf("default_filename", PREF_STRING);
First cut of explicit trip tracking This code establishes the explicit trip data structures and loads and saves them in the XML data. No attempts are made to edit / modify the trips, yet. Loading XML files without trip data creates the trips based on timing as before. Saving out the same, unmodified data will create 'trip' entries in the XML file with a 'number' that reflects the number of dives in that trip. The trip tag also stores the beginning time of the first dive in the trip and the location of the trip (which we display in the summary entries in the UI). The logic allows for dives that aren't part of a dive trip. All other dives simply belong to the "previous" dive trip - i.e. the dive trip with the latest start time that is earlier or equal to the start time of this dive. This logic significantly simplifies the tracking of trips compared to other approaches that I have tried. The automatic grouping into trips now is an option that defaults to off (as it makes changes to the XML file - and people who don't want this feature shouldn't have trips added to their XML files that they then need to manually remove). For now you have to select this option, then exit the program and start it again. Still to do is to trigger the trip generation at run time. We also need a way to mark dives as not part of trips and to allow options to combine trips, split trips, edit trip location data, etc. The code has only had some limited testing when opening multiple files. The code is known to fail if a location name contains unquoted special characters like an "'". This commit also fixes a visual inconsistency in the preferences dialog where the font selector button didn't have a frame around it that told you what this option was about. Inspired-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-22 05:04:24 +00:00
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
default_dive_computer_vendor = subsurface_get_conf("dive_computer_vendor", PREF_STRING);
default_dive_computer_product = subsurface_get_conf("dive_computer_product", PREF_STRING);
Save dive computer device name. It is really annoying to have to type the device name each time you need to import a dive from your computer, if you are not using the default device name. This will save the device name in the configuration file and matches the logic currently used to save the dive computer name in the configuration file. Signed-off-by: Terrance Stanfield <t@hollowcranium.com>
2012-05-30 04:54:09 +00:00
default_dive_computer_device = subsurface_get_conf("dive_computer_device", PREF_STRING);
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
conf_value = subsurface_get_conf("dc_nicknames", PREF_STRING);
nicknamestring = strdup("");
if (conf_value) {
Free some nickname related memory in gtk-gui.c init_ui(): We add the char pointer "conf_copy" and free it afterwards, since once "next_token" is changed it no longer points to the allocated heap location the mapper returned. [Dirk Hohndel: original patch rewritten to have better variable names and to match the recent changes to this code] Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 04:19:51 +00:00
char *next_token, *nickname, *model, *conf_copy;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
uint32_t deviceid;
int len;
Free some nickname related memory in gtk-gui.c init_ui(): We add the char pointer "conf_copy" and free it afterwards, since once "next_token" is changed it no longer points to the allocated heap location the mapper returned. [Dirk Hohndel: original patch rewritten to have better variable names and to match the recent changes to this code] Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 04:19:51 +00:00
next_token = conf_copy = strdup(conf_value);
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
len = strlen(next_token);
while ((next_token = g_utf8_strchr(next_token, len, '{')) != NULL) {
/* replace the '{' so we keep looking in case any test fails */
*next_token = '(';
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
/* the next 8 chars are the deviceid, after that we have the model
* and the utf8 nickname (if set) */
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
if (sscanf(next_token, "(%8x,", &deviceid) > 0) {
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
char *namestart, *nameend, *tupleend;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
namestart = g_utf8_strchr(next_token, len, ',');
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
/* we know that namestart isn't NULL based on the sscanf succeeding */
len = strlen(namestart + 1);
nameend = g_utf8_strchr(namestart + 1, len, ',');
tupleend = g_utf8_strchr(namestart + 1, len, '}');
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
if (!tupleend)
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
/* the config entry is messed up - bail */
break;
if (!nameend || tupleend < nameend)
nameend = tupleend;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
*nameend = '\0';
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
model = strdup(namestart + 1);
if (tupleend == nameend) {
/* no nickname */
nickname = strdup("");
} else {
namestart = nameend + 1;
len = strlen(namestart);
nameend = g_utf8_strchr(namestart, len, '}');
if (!nameend)
break;
*nameend = '\0';
nickname = strdup(namestart);
}
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
remember_dc(model, deviceid, nickname, FALSE);
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
next_token = nameend + 1;
};
}
free((void *)conf_value);
Free some nickname related memory in gtk-gui.c init_ui(): We add the char pointer "conf_copy" and free it afterwards, since once "next_token" is changed it no longer points to the allocated heap location the mapper returned. [Dirk Hohndel: original patch rewritten to have better variable names and to match the recent changes to this code] Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 04:19:51 +00:00
free(conf_copy);
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
error_info_bar = NULL;
win = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
Have "make install" act more as expected for a desktop application I'm trying to get subsurface to get closer to becoming a "regular desktop application"; so far this is based on the recommendations and guidelines on OpenSUSE and Fedora. The icon is now named subsurface.svg and make install installs it in the correct location. At runtime subsurface first checks if an icon is installed and if it is it uses that - otherwise it falls back to the old code that tries to read the svg file from the current directory. We also install a subsurface.desktop file Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-11 22:58:38 +00:00
g_set_application_name ("subsurface");
/* Let's check if the subsurface icon has been installed or if
* we need to try to load it from the current directory */
screen = gdk_screen_get_default();
if (screen)
icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen(screen);
if (icon_theme) {
if (gtk_icon_theme_has_icon(icon_theme, "subsurface")) {
need_icon = FALSE;
gtk_window_set_default_icon_name ("subsurface");
}
}
Only set the window icon if the icon file exists Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-03 04:15:24 +00:00
if (need_icon) {
const char *icon_name = subsurface_icon_name();
if (!access(icon_name, R_OK))
gtk_window_set_icon_from_file(GTK_WINDOW(win), icon_name, NULL);
}
Make the dive list start as a plain notebook page I've been wondering how to make 'subsurface' work better on a small screen (I used to travel with a crappy netbook - I may have upgraded my laptop since, but it is still a design goal of mine to make sure it all works fine in that kind of environment). And ever since the dive list was made much wider and moved below the notebook, it's annoyed me how much room it all takes if I want to have both a reasonable plot window and several dives visible at the same time. The solution seems to be to just make the dive list be a notebook page. That makes the default layout very dense. At the same time, when you have the pixels, it's horrible, because you would want to see the dive list and move between dives while at the same time also seeing the dive profile change. But that is solvable by simply making the dive list notebook page be detachable, so if you have a nice big screen, just detach the dive list page and now you have independent windows for the dive list and the dive info. NOTE! I don't have any way to re-attach the dang thing. I think I'd need to learn about drag-and-drop targets etc. So once you've detached the dive list, it stays detached. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-27 17:38:07 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(win), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK(on_delete), NULL);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(win), "destroy", G_CALLBACK(on_destroy), NULL);
main_window = win;
vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(win), vbox);
main_vbox = vbox;
Even more Mac-i-ness Move the About and Preferences menu item to the App menu. Switch the accelerator key to be Meta (i.e., Command) instead of Control This required a bit of restructuring of the code, but it's all for a good cause. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-03 04:49:10 +00:00
ui_manager = gtk_ui_manager_new();
menubar = get_menubar_menu(win, ui_manager);
Turn subsurface into a real Mac application To do this a few things needed to move into the os specific files, but the overall change is fairly small and the difference on the Mac is amazing. Subsurface now becomes a Mac app with Mac toolbar and useful default fonts. Changed the CFBundleIdentifier to be the reverse DNS of the subsurface site (sadly, 'torvalds' is not yet a TLD). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-01 21:41:47 +00:00
Even more Mac-i-ness Move the About and Preferences menu item to the App menu. Switch the accelerator key to be Meta (i.e., Command) instead of Control This required a bit of restructuring of the code, but it's all for a good cause. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-03 04:49:10 +00:00
subsurface_ui_setup(settings, menubar, vbox, ui_manager);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Experimental hard-coded three-pane layout I'm not happy with it, but it looks good and works better than the alternatives I've looked at so far. So why not happy? It's not configurable, and gtk really doesn't do a great job with the case of notebook widgets that are shrunk to be smaller than the contents (the cut-off gets ugly, and is outside the notebook page!) But committing as a way to keep track of this, and let Dirk use it. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-11-19 20:54:58 +00:00
vpane = gtk_vpaned_new();
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), vpane, TRUE, TRUE, 3);
hpane = gtk_hpaned_new();
gtk_paned_add1(GTK_PANED(vpane), hpane);
Make the notebook portion (dive notes/equipment/info) a scrollable window This makes things start up with the wrong size, which is somewhat annoying, but by doing so avoids a bigger annoyance, namely that the three panes move around when moving between dives. In particular, if the initial dive didn't have much of an equipment list, the initial size allocated for the notebook is fairly small and determined mainly by the size of the the Dive Notes page. However, when you then scroll around in the dive list, you might hit a dive with lots of equipment, and suddenly the panes dividing the different parts of the subsurface application window will jump around to make room. That's horribly annoying, and actually makes things like double-clicking dives in the dive list not work right, because the first click will select it, and cause the dive to move around (so the second click will hit a totally different dive). Now, making the notebook be in a scrollable window means that if the size of the notebook changes, it might get a scrollbar, but the panes themselves do not move around. The initial sizing of that thing being wrong is annoying, though. We need to figure out a separate solution to that. [ Side note: currently it uses GTK_POLICY_NEVER for the horizontal scroll-bar, just to avoid the horizontal size also starting out wrong, which is *really* nasty. If we can solve the initial size issue, we should make the horizontal scroll-bar be GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC too. ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-18 21:37:43 +00:00
g_signal_connect_after(G_OBJECT(vbox), "realize", G_CALLBACK(view_three), NULL);
Experimental hard-coded three-pane layout I'm not happy with it, but it looks good and works better than the alternatives I've looked at so far. So why not happy? It's not configurable, and gtk really doesn't do a great job with the case of notebook widgets that are shrunk to be smaller than the contents (the cut-off gets ugly, and is outside the notebook page!) But committing as a way to keep track of this, and let Dirk use it. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-11-19 20:54:58 +00:00
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
/* Notebook for dive info vs profile vs .. */
notebook = gtk_notebook_new();
Make the notebook portion (dive notes/equipment/info) a scrollable window This makes things start up with the wrong size, which is somewhat annoying, but by doing so avoids a bigger annoyance, namely that the three panes move around when moving between dives. In particular, if the initial dive didn't have much of an equipment list, the initial size allocated for the notebook is fairly small and determined mainly by the size of the the Dive Notes page. However, when you then scroll around in the dive list, you might hit a dive with lots of equipment, and suddenly the panes dividing the different parts of the subsurface application window will jump around to make room. That's horribly annoying, and actually makes things like double-clicking dives in the dive list not work right, because the first click will select it, and cause the dive to move around (so the second click will hit a totally different dive). Now, making the notebook be in a scrollable window means that if the size of the notebook changes, it might get a scrollbar, but the panes themselves do not move around. The initial sizing of that thing being wrong is annoying, though. We need to figure out a separate solution to that. [ Side note: currently it uses GTK_POLICY_NEVER for the horizontal scroll-bar, just to avoid the horizontal size also starting out wrong, which is *really* nasty. If we can solve the initial size issue, we should make the horizontal scroll-bar be GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC too. ] Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-08-18 21:37:43 +00:00
scrolled = gtk_scrolled_window_new(NULL, NULL);
gtk_scrolled_window_set_policy(GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW(scrolled), GTK_POLICY_NEVER, GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC);
gtk_paned_add1(GTK_PANED(hpane), scrolled);
gtk_scrolled_window_add_with_viewport(GTK_SCROLLED_WINDOW(scrolled), notebook);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
g_signal_connect(notebook, "switch-page", G_CALLBACK(switch_page), NULL);
Make the dive list start as a plain notebook page I've been wondering how to make 'subsurface' work better on a small screen (I used to travel with a crappy netbook - I may have upgraded my laptop since, but it is still a design goal of mine to make sure it all works fine in that kind of environment). And ever since the dive list was made much wider and moved below the notebook, it's annoyed me how much room it all takes if I want to have both a reasonable plot window and several dives visible at the same time. The solution seems to be to just make the dive list be a notebook page. That makes the default layout very dense. At the same time, when you have the pixels, it's horrible, because you would want to see the dive list and move between dives while at the same time also seeing the dive profile change. But that is solvable by simply making the dive list notebook page be detachable, so if you have a nice big screen, just detach the dive list page and now you have independent windows for the dive list and the dive info. NOTE! I don't have any way to re-attach the dang thing. I think I'd need to learn about drag-and-drop targets etc. So once you've detached the dive list, it stays detached. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-27 17:38:07 +00:00
/* Create the actual divelist */
dive_list = dive_list_create();
Clean up the drag and drop code and allow ripping off the Dive Profile Linus had used some deprecated interfcase and didn't correctly untangle the new window that he created (hiding it the window... very nifty). I think I'm closer to the real solution with a data structure that keeps track of the components of the new top level window that I need to be able to untangle (and eventually, destroy) at the end. The one error I also can't seem to get rid of is the Clean up the drag and drop code and allow ripping of the Dive Profile Gtk-CRITICAL **: IA__gtk_selection_data_set: assertion `length <= 0' failed Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-27 23:23:59 +00:00
gtk_widget_set_name(dive_list, "Dive List");
Experimental hard-coded three-pane layout I'm not happy with it, but it looks good and works better than the alternatives I've looked at so far. So why not happy? It's not configurable, and gtk really doesn't do a great job with the case of notebook widgets that are shrunk to be smaller than the contents (the cut-off gets ugly, and is outside the notebook page!) But committing as a way to keep track of this, and let Dirk use it. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-11-19 20:54:58 +00:00
gtk_paned_add2(GTK_PANED(vpane), dive_list);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
/* Frame for dive profile */
dive_profile = dive_profile_widget();
Clean up the drag and drop code and allow ripping off the Dive Profile Linus had used some deprecated interfcase and didn't correctly untangle the new window that he created (hiding it the window... very nifty). I think I'm closer to the real solution with a data structure that keeps track of the components of the new top level window that I need to be able to untangle (and eventually, destroy) at the end. The one error I also can't seem to get rid of is the Clean up the drag and drop code and allow ripping of the Dive Profile Gtk-CRITICAL **: IA__gtk_selection_data_set: assertion `length <= 0' failed Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-27 23:23:59 +00:00
gtk_widget_set_name(dive_profile, "Dive Profile");
Experimental hard-coded three-pane layout I'm not happy with it, but it looks good and works better than the alternatives I've looked at so far. So why not happy? It's not configurable, and gtk really doesn't do a great job with the case of notebook widgets that are shrunk to be smaller than the contents (the cut-off gets ugly, and is outside the notebook page!) But committing as a way to keep track of this, and let Dirk use it. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-11-19 20:54:58 +00:00
gtk_paned_add2(GTK_PANED(hpane), dive_profile);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
/* Frame for extended dive info */
Create separate single dive and total stats pages No additional statistics added, yet. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-15 22:29:08 +00:00
nb_page = extended_dive_info_widget();
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook), nb_page, gtk_label_new(_("Dive Notes")));
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
/* Frame for dive equipment */
Redo dive editing This commit addresses two issues: We now can add / edit / delete equipment from the edit dive dialog We now can edit multiple dives at once The latter feature has some interesting design constraints: It picks the 'selected_dive' as the one to start the edit from - so if this dive already has some information filled in, that information needs to be overwritten before it is stored in all of the dives. Similarly, only changes to the cylinders or weightsystems are recorded. Also, the notes field is not editable in the multi dive edit mode (as that didn't seem useful). The workflow seems to work best if using the multi-edit right after importing new dives from a dive computer. The user then can select all the new dives and only needs to edit things like location, divemaster, buddy, weights, etc. once. This commit will create some obvious conflicts with the commit that adds exposure protection tracking. It was implemented on top of the tree_view changes as it reuses some of the infrastructure for tracking the selected dives. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-08-15 22:21:34 +00:00
nb_page = equipment_widget(W_IDX_PRIMARY);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook), nb_page, gtk_label_new(_("Equipment")));
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Create separate single dive and total stats pages No additional statistics added, yet. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-15 22:29:08 +00:00
/* Frame for single dive statistics */
nb_page = single_stats_widget();
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook), nb_page, gtk_label_new(_("Dive Info")));
Create separate single dive and total stats pages No additional statistics added, yet. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-01-15 22:29:08 +00:00
/* Frame for total dive statistics */
nb_page = total_stats_widget();
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook), nb_page, gtk_label_new(_("Stats")));
Add Info & Stats page to the notebook This provides the relevant information for the currently selected dive plus a bunch of statistics over all dives in the dive_table. The visual design has lots of room for improvement - right now the different fields change size - it might be nice to have a more modern look for the entries - the O2/He field is odd - for most divers the He value will always be 0, so maybe we should only show He if there's at least one dive that uses He? Also, we simply do a comma separated list of gases for all the tanks used Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-11-02 16:10:57 +00:00
First step towards grabbing keys and handling them ourselves This commit steals the cursor up and down keys away from gtk so regardless where gtk thinks the focus may be, we can still use the keys to change between dives. In the current UI design where all editing happens in separate windows this works as expected, as we only grab the keys for the main window. If we manage to re-enable in-place editing then we need to make sure that this doesn't cause problems (as gtk uses up/down for the ability to change drop down selections in combo boxes or values in spin buttons. So we must make sure that we stop stealing these keys once we start editing something (in which case simply switching to the next/prev dive wouldn't be a good thing, anyway). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 16:22:46 +00:00
/* handle some keys globally (to deal with gtk focus issues) */
g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (win), "key_press_event", G_CALLBACK (on_key_press), dive_list);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable(win, TRUE);
gtk_widget_show_all(win);
return;
}
void run_ui(void)
{
gtk_main();
}
Don't close config file when changing preferences On Linux and MacOS the subsurface_close_conf() doesn't really close the config file (it flushes writes on MacOS), but on Windows it does actually close the registry hkey. Which is bad, if you change the settings multiple times - we assume that the config file is open the whole time. So add a "subsurface_flush_conf()" function, and call *that* when changing configuration parameters. And call the close function only at the very end. Alternatively, maybe we should just open the config file separately every time. I don't much care, maybe somebody else does. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:03:48 +00:00
void exit_ui(void)
{
subsurface_close_conf();
various small fixes to the defaultfile model 1) For safety reasons we no longer remove the default directory after creating it. This prevents an access error (on windows) and also a couple of small exploits that could have been possible, resulting in undefined behaviour. 2) Once "default_filename" is allocated keep it until the value has to change. The value is finaly released once the program is ready to close. 3) When picking a new default file, grab the new string directly from the GSList. 4) When storing the new default file from the preferences dialog, make sure we also update "existing_filename" if needed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Fixed some whitespace issues, made commit message and one of the comments in the code somewhat clearer. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-12 20:40:22 +00:00
if (default_filename)
free((char *)default_filename);
Fix memory leaks and one potential NULL dereference Always make sure to clear the memory allocated at the "existing_filename" pointer when setting it to a new address or NULL. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Lifted these changes from a larger commit. The other changes I'll reimplement in the next commit. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-13 17:46:09 +00:00
if (existing_filename)
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
free((void *)existing_filename);
Make sure memory for default_dive_computer_device is allocated When calling gtk-gui.c:set_default_dive_computer_device(), first free memory at default_dive_computer_device and then use strdup(). This fixed a case, where after selecting a device for the first time in the "Download" dialog, then pressing "OK" followed by "Cancel" (after a device error) the device text is garbled the next time the dialog is opened. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-22 16:07:50 +00:00
if (default_dive_computer_device)
free((void *)default_dive_computer_device);
Don't close config file when changing preferences On Linux and MacOS the subsurface_close_conf() doesn't really close the config file (it flushes writes on MacOS), but on Windows it does actually close the registry hkey. Which is bad, if you change the settings multiple times - we assume that the config file is open the whole time. So add a "subsurface_flush_conf()" function, and call *that* when changing configuration parameters. And call the close function only at the very end. Alternatively, maybe we should just open the config file separately every time. I don't much care, maybe somebody else does. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:03:48 +00:00
}
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
typedef struct {
Better compatibility with older GTK and Cairo divelist.c: Replaced "gtk_tree_path_get_indices_with_depth()" with the coupled alternative: int depth = gtk_tree_path_get_depth(path); int *indices = gtk_tree_path_get_indices(path); for compatibility GTK+ < 2.22 *: Replaced all usage of "cairo_rectangle_int_t" with "cairo_rectangle_t" for compatibility with Cairo < 1.10. Both modification make building Subsurface possible on a fairly recent Debian distribution, which reports to have the version of the abovementioned libraries "up-to-date", yet they are slightly outdated. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 22:31:01 +00:00
cairo_rectangle_t rect;
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
const char *text;
} tooltip_record_t;
static tooltip_record_t *tooltip_rects;
static int tooltips;
void attach_tooltip(int x, int y, int w, int h, const char *text)
{
Better compatibility with older GTK and Cairo divelist.c: Replaced "gtk_tree_path_get_indices_with_depth()" with the coupled alternative: int depth = gtk_tree_path_get_depth(path); int *indices = gtk_tree_path_get_indices(path); for compatibility GTK+ < 2.22 *: Replaced all usage of "cairo_rectangle_int_t" with "cairo_rectangle_t" for compatibility with Cairo < 1.10. Both modification make building Subsurface possible on a fairly recent Debian distribution, which reports to have the version of the abovementioned libraries "up-to-date", yet they are slightly outdated. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 22:31:01 +00:00
cairo_rectangle_t *rect;
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
tooltip_rects = realloc(tooltip_rects, (tooltips + 1) * sizeof(tooltip_record_t));
rect = &tooltip_rects[tooltips].rect;
rect->x = x;
rect->y = y;
rect->width = w;
rect->height = h;
Improve logic handling events We now throw away redundant events, just as we throw away other redundant data coming from the dive computer. Events are considered redundant if they are less than 61 seconds apart and identical. This also improves the display of the remaining events in the profile as we now show the value of the event, if it is present (for example for a deco event we show the duration of the deepest stop). Finally, for events that define a range (so they set the beginning flag and assume and end flag some time later) we no loger show the triangle but assume that some other code handles visualizing them (as happens for the ceiling events). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 10:40:35 +00:00
tooltip_rects[tooltips].text = strdup(text);
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
tooltips++;
}
#define INSIDE_RECT(_r,_x,_y) ((_r.x <= _x) && (_r.x + _r.width >= _x) && \
(_r.y <= _y) && (_r.y + _r.height >= _y))
static gboolean profile_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget, gint x, gint y,
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
gboolean keyboard_mode, GtkTooltip *tooltip, struct graphics_context *gc)
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
{
int i;
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
cairo_rectangle_t *drawing_area = &gc->drawing_area;
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
gint tx = x - drawing_area->x; /* get transformed coordinates */
gint ty = y - drawing_area->y;
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
gint width, height, time = -1;
Improve deco handling and add NDL support This commit changes the code that was recently introduced to deal with deco ceilings. Instead of handling these through events we now store the ceiling (which in reality is the deepest deco stop with all known dive computers) and the stop time at that ceiling in the samples. This also adds support for NDL (non stop dive limit) which both dive computers that appear to give us ceiling / deco information appear to give us as well (when the diver isn't in deco). If the mouse hovers over the profile we now add support for displaying the NDL, the current deco obligation and (if we are able to tell from the data) whether we are at a safety stop. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-01 21:02:30 +00:00
char buffer[256], plot[256];
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
const char *event = "";
if (tx < 0 || ty < 0)
return FALSE;
Don't draw tooltips if no profile is displayed This fixes ticket 33 Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-10 19:02:33 +00:00
/* don't draw a tooltip if nothing is there */
if (gc->pi.nr == 0)
return FALSE;
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
width = drawing_area->width - 2*drawing_area->x;
height = drawing_area->height - 2*drawing_area->y;
if (width <= 0 || height <= 0)
return FALSE;
if (tx > width || ty > height)
return FALSE;
time = (tx * gc->maxtime) / width;
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
/* are we over an event marker ? */
for (i = 0; i < tooltips; i++) {
if (INSIDE_RECT(tooltip_rects[i].rect, tx, ty)) {
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
event = tooltip_rects[i].text;
break;
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
}
}
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
get_plot_details(gc, time, plot, sizeof(plot));
Add more data to our tool-tip display in the profile window This shows the values for all the graphs that are shown (depth, temperature, tank pressure, pO2, pN2m pHe), but also correctly doesn't display them when they are turned off or no data is available (prior to this commit, tank pressure was always shown, even if no pressure samples were available for the dive). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 16:12:09 +00:00
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "@ %d:%02d%c%s%c%s", time / 60, time % 60,
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
*plot ? '\n' : ' ', plot,
*event ? '\n' : ' ', event);
gtk_tooltip_set_text(tooltip, buffer);
return TRUE;
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
}
Add support for zooming using the scroll-wheel This allows zooming in with the scroll-wheel if you have one (or the two-finger scrolling on a touchpad). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-13 00:44:16 +00:00
static double zoom_factor = 1.0;
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
static int zoom_x = -1, zoom_y = -1;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
static gboolean expose_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
{
Clear associated tooltip texts when calling expose_event() In gtk-gui.c:expose_event(), right before clearing the list of tooltips, we also want to free memory for the associated texts for each one of them. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:36 +00:00
int i = 0;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
struct dive *dive = current_dive;
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
static struct graphics_context gc = { .printer = 0 };
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Change plot routine to take a drawing_area as argument Previously we passed in width and height and the routine itself decided to keep 5% margin around each edge - oddly doing this with double precision, even though this is all integer coordinates. Instead we are now passing in a drawing_area. We are kind of abusing the cairo_rectangle_int_t data type here - but it seemed silly to redefine a new data type for this. Width and height give the size of the TOTAL drawing area (as before). x and y give the offset from the edges - so the EFFECTIVE drawing area is width-2x and height-2y This is in preparation for adding tooltips - those need to know the coordinate offsets from the edges - so having this hard coded inside the plot function didn't make sense anymore. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:14:26 +00:00
/* the drawing area gives TOTAL width * height - x,y is used as the topx/topy offset
* so effective drawing area is width-2x * height-2y */
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
gc.drawing_area.width = widget->allocation.width;
gc.drawing_area.height = widget->allocation.height;
gc.drawing_area.x = MIN(50,gc.drawing_area.width / 20.0);
gc.drawing_area.y = MIN(50,gc.drawing_area.height / 20.0);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gc.cr = gdk_cairo_create(widget->window);
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
g_object_set(widget, "has-tooltip", TRUE, NULL);
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
g_signal_connect(widget, "query-tooltip", G_CALLBACK(profile_tooltip), &gc);
Define all colors in one place The profile colors were defined all over the place, so I put them all in one spot. I'm unsure if this is the best solution to that problem, but I guess it's a step in the right direction. Signed-Off-By: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no>
2011-11-28 17:17:33 +00:00
init_profile_background(&gc);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
cairo_paint(gc.cr);
Add support for zooming using the scroll-wheel This allows zooming in with the scroll-wheel if you have one (or the two-finger scrolling on a touchpad). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-13 00:44:16 +00:00
if (zoom_factor > 1.0) {
double n = -(zoom_factor-1);
cairo_translate(gc.cr, n*zoom_x, n*zoom_y);
cairo_scale(gc.cr, zoom_factor, zoom_factor);
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
}
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
if (dive) {
if (tooltip_rects) {
Clear associated tooltip texts when calling expose_event() In gtk-gui.c:expose_event(), right before clearing the list of tooltips, we also want to free memory for the associated texts for each one of them. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:36 +00:00
while (i < tooltips) {
if (tooltip_rects[i].text)
free((void *)tooltip_rects[i].text);
i++;
}
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
free(tooltip_rects);
tooltip_rects = NULL;
}
tooltips = 0;
Create tool-tip with depth/pressure for the whole profile area This extends on our current tooltip logic (which shows events when you mouse over them) to show tooltips for the whole profile area. If you mouse over an event, that is still shown in the tooltip, but even in the absense of events, the tooltip will be active, and mousing over the profile area will show the time, depth and pressure. This can certainly be improved upon further, but even in this form it is useful. Fixes #9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 12:20:32 +00:00
plot(&gc, dive, SC_SCREEN);
Replace event text with small red triangle and tooltip We draw a little red triangle (of hardcoded size - not sure if this SHOULD scale with the size of the plot... I like it better if it doesn't) to the left of an event. We then maintain an array of rectangles that each circumscribe one of those event triangles and if the mouse pointer enters one of these rectangles then we display (after a short delay) a tooltip with the event text. Manually creating these rectangles, maintaining the coordinate offset, checking if we are inside one of these rectangles and then showing a tooltip... this all seems like there should be gtk functions to do this by default... but if there are then I failed to find them. So instead I manually implemented the necessary logic. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-04 19:27:55 +00:00
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
cairo_destroy(gc.cr);
return FALSE;
}
Add support for zooming using the scroll-wheel This allows zooming in with the scroll-wheel if you have one (or the two-finger scrolling on a touchpad). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-13 00:44:16 +00:00
static void zoom_event(int x, int y, double inc)
{
zoom_x = x;
zoom_y = y;
inc += zoom_factor;
if (inc < 1.0)
inc = 1.0;
else if (inc > 10)
inc = 10;
zoom_factor = inc;
}
gboolean scroll_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventScroll *event, gpointer user_data)
{
switch (event->direction) {
case GDK_SCROLL_UP:
zoom_event(event->x, event->y, 0.1);
break;
case GDK_SCROLL_DOWN:
zoom_event(event->x, event->y, -0.1);
break;
default:
return TRUE;
}
gtk_widget_queue_draw(widget);
return TRUE;
}
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
gboolean clicked(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer user_data)
{
switch (event->button) {
Zoom with left mouse button Linus convinced me that I was wrong to modify his commit 24690ce35f81 "Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support" and so this changes it back to use the left mouse button for zooming. It turns out that on some touchpads there's a very nice way to hold down the click with one finger and then pan with another finger, but that does not work if you do a two finger click (and use one of those or a third to pan). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:45:33 +00:00
case 1:
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
zoom_x = event->x;
zoom_y = event->y;
Add support for zooming using the scroll-wheel This allows zooming in with the scroll-wheel if you have one (or the two-finger scrolling on a touchpad). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-13 00:44:16 +00:00
zoom_factor = 2.5;
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
break;
default:
return TRUE;
}
gtk_widget_queue_draw(widget);
return TRUE;
}
gboolean released(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventButton *event, gpointer user_data)
{
switch (event->button) {
Zoom with left mouse button Linus convinced me that I was wrong to modify his commit 24690ce35f81 "Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support" and so this changes it back to use the left mouse button for zooming. It turns out that on some touchpads there's a very nice way to hold down the click with one finger and then pan with another finger, but that does not work if you do a two finger click (and use one of those or a third to pan). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:45:33 +00:00
case 1:
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
zoom_x = zoom_y = -1;
Add support for zooming using the scroll-wheel This allows zooming in with the scroll-wheel if you have one (or the two-finger scrolling on a touchpad). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-13 00:44:16 +00:00
zoom_factor = 1.0;
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
break;
default:
return TRUE;
}
gtk_widget_queue_draw(widget);
return TRUE;
}
gboolean motion(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventMotion *event, gpointer user_data)
{
if (zoom_x < 0)
return TRUE;
zoom_x = event->x;
zoom_y = event->y;
gtk_widget_queue_draw(widget);
return TRUE;
}
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GtkWidget *dive_profile_widget(void)
{
GtkWidget *da;
da = gtk_drawing_area_new();
gtk_widget_set_size_request(da, 350, 250);
g_signal_connect(da, "expose_event", G_CALLBACK(expose_event), NULL);
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
g_signal_connect(da, "button-press-event", G_CALLBACK(clicked), NULL);
Add support for zooming using the scroll-wheel This allows zooming in with the scroll-wheel if you have one (or the two-finger scrolling on a touchpad). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-13 00:44:16 +00:00
g_signal_connect(da, "scroll-event", G_CALLBACK(scroll_event), NULL);
Initial not-so-pretty profile zoom support You can press the left mouse-button on the profile and drag the mouse around to zoom in on a specific area. Releasing the mouse button unzooms. Yeah, everybody wants rubber-banding, but I have reached the end of my willingness to fight gtk for more details. Some day. [Dirk Hohndel: changed this to use the right mouse button instead of the left which seemed just terribly unnatural] References ticket 9 Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 16:25:19 +00:00
g_signal_connect(da, "button-release-event", G_CALLBACK(released), NULL);
g_signal_connect(da, "motion-notify-event", G_CALLBACK(motion), NULL);
Add support for zooming using the scroll-wheel This allows zooming in with the scroll-wheel if you have one (or the two-finger scrolling on a touchpad). Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-13 00:44:16 +00:00
gtk_widget_add_events(da, GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_MOTION_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | GDK_SCROLL_MASK);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
return da;
}
int process_ui_events(void)
{
int ret=0;
while (gtk_events_pending()) {
if (gtk_main_iteration_do(0)) {
ret = 1;
break;
}
}
Return is not a function Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-12-15 04:49:40 +00:00
return ret;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
struct vendor {
const char *vendor;
struct product *productlist;
struct vendor *next;
};
struct product {
const char *product;
dc_descriptor_t *descriptor;
struct product *next;
};
struct vendor *dc_list;
First implementation of native Uemis downloader This includes one major hack that uses a private data structure from libdivecomputer to allow us to show the Uemis Zurich as one computer the user can import from. Once the user has chosen the Uemis we don't use libdivecomputer but our own downloader. Just like in the libdicecomputer case this runs in its own thread and updates the import dialog with progress information. The code also keeps track of the last dive that has been downloaded from a Uemis computer so we only import new dives on subsequent downloads. And since the Uemis Zurich gives us its device id, we make this a "per divecomputer" property for people who dive with multiple Uemis Zurich computers. This uses the debugfile infrastructure to allow easily collecting debugging output - especially on Windows where by default console output is lost. Known limitations: when the Uemis runs out of space (it uses its filesystem for communication with the host computer) we have no graceful way to reset things. This is why the code doesn't try to download ALL dives on the computer but instead download them in increments of ten dives. This clearly needs to be addressed once I understand how to reset the device. The Cancel button of the import dialog isn't correctly hooked up, yet. I still need to figure out how to gracefully shut down a download without potentially hanging the device. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-25 14:28:47 +00:00
struct mydescriptor {
const char *vendor;
const char *product;
dc_family_t type;
unsigned int model;
};
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
/* create a list of lists and keep the elements sorted */
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
static void add_dc(const char *vendor, const char *product, dc_descriptor_t *descriptor)
{
struct vendor *dcl = dc_list;
struct vendor **dclp = &dc_list;
struct product *pl, **plp;
if (!vendor || !product)
return;
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
while (dcl && strcmp(dcl->vendor, vendor) < 0) {
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
dclp = &dcl->next;
dcl = dcl->next;
}
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
if (!dcl || strcmp(dcl->vendor, vendor)) {
dcl = calloc(sizeof(struct vendor), 1);
dcl->next = *dclp;
*dclp = dcl;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
dcl->vendor = strdup(vendor);
}
/* we now have a pointer to the requested vendor */
plp = &dcl->productlist;
pl = *plp;
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
while (pl && strcmp(pl->product, product) < 0) {
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
plp = &pl->next;
pl = pl->next;
}
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
if (!pl || strcmp(pl->product, product)) {
pl = calloc(sizeof(struct product), 1);
pl->next = *plp;
*plp = pl;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
pl->product = strdup(product);
}
/* one would assume that the vendor / product combinations are unique,
* but that is not the case. At the time of this writing, there are two
* flavors of the Oceanic OC1 - but looking at the code in libdivecomputer
* they are handled exactly the same, so we ignore this issue for now
*
if (pl->descriptor && memcmp(pl->descriptor, descriptor, sizeof(struct mydescriptor)))
printf("duplicate entry with different descriptor for %s - %s\n", vendor, product);
else
*/
pl->descriptor = descriptor;
}
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
/* fill the vendors and create and fill the respective product stores; return the longest product name
* and also the indices of the default vendor / product */
static int fill_computer_list(GtkListStore *vendorstore, GtkListStore ***productstore, int *vendor_index, int *product_index)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
int i, j, numvendor, width = 10;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GtkTreeIter iter;
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
dc_iterator_t *iterator = NULL;
dc_descriptor_t *descriptor = NULL;
First implementation of native Uemis downloader This includes one major hack that uses a private data structure from libdivecomputer to allow us to show the Uemis Zurich as one computer the user can import from. Once the user has chosen the Uemis we don't use libdivecomputer but our own downloader. Just like in the libdicecomputer case this runs in its own thread and updates the import dialog with progress information. The code also keeps track of the last dive that has been downloaded from a Uemis computer so we only import new dives on subsequent downloads. And since the Uemis Zurich gives us its device id, we make this a "per divecomputer" property for people who dive with multiple Uemis Zurich computers. This uses the debugfile infrastructure to allow easily collecting debugging output - especially on Windows where by default console output is lost. Known limitations: when the Uemis runs out of space (it uses its filesystem for communication with the host computer) we have no graceful way to reset things. This is why the code doesn't try to download ALL dives on the computer but instead download them in increments of ten dives. This clearly needs to be addressed once I understand how to reset the device. The Cancel button of the import dialog isn't correctly hooked up, yet. I still need to figure out how to gracefully shut down a download without potentially hanging the device. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-25 14:28:47 +00:00
struct mydescriptor *mydescriptor;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
struct vendor *dcl;
struct product *pl;
GtkListStore **pstores;
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
dc_descriptor_iterator(&iterator);
while (dc_iterator_next (iterator, &descriptor) == DC_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
const char *vendor = dc_descriptor_get_vendor(descriptor);
const char *product = dc_descriptor_get_product(descriptor);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
add_dc(vendor, product, descriptor);
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
if (product && strlen(product) > width)
width = strlen(product);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
}
dc_iterator_free(iterator);
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
/* and add the Uemis Zurich which we are handling internally
THIS IS A HACK as we magically have a data structure here that
happens to match a data structure that is internal to libdivecomputer;
this WILL BREAK if libdivecomputer changes the dc_descriptor struct...
eventually the UEMIS code needs to move into libdivecomputer, I guess */
mydescriptor = malloc(sizeof(struct mydescriptor));
mydescriptor->vendor = "Uemis";
mydescriptor->product = "Zurich";
mydescriptor->type = DC_FAMILY_NULL;
mydescriptor->model = 0;
add_dc("Uemis", "Zurich", (dc_descriptor_t *)mydescriptor);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
dcl = dc_list;
numvendor = 0;
while (dcl) {
numvendor++;
dcl = dcl->next;
}
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
/* we need an extra vendor for the empty one */
numvendor += 1;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
dcl = dc_list;
i = 0;
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
*vendor_index = *product_index = -1;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
if (*productstore)
free(*productstore);
pstores = *productstore = malloc(numvendor * sizeof(GtkListStore *));
while (dcl) {
gtk_list_store_append(vendorstore, &iter);
gtk_list_store_set(vendorstore, &iter,
0, dcl->vendor,
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
-1);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
pl = dcl->productlist;
Change the empty product model to be index 0 A vendor of -1 indicates that we should have no product selection in the dive download dialog. Having the empty product model be the last made it hard to keep the correct index for that empty model around (and we got it wrong by default). With this change the product models are offset by one, so the unset vendor (-1) turns into index 0 which is where we now store the empty model. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-12 15:25:28 +00:00
pstores[i + 1] = gtk_list_store_new(1, G_TYPE_POINTER);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
j = 0;
while (pl) {
Change the empty product model to be index 0 A vendor of -1 indicates that we should have no product selection in the dive download dialog. Having the empty product model be the last made it hard to keep the correct index for that empty model around (and we got it wrong by default). With this change the product models are offset by one, so the unset vendor (-1) turns into index 0 which is where we now store the empty model. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-12 15:25:28 +00:00
gtk_list_store_append(pstores[i + 1], &iter);
gtk_list_store_set(pstores[i + 1], &iter,
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
0, pl->descriptor,
-1);
if (is_default_dive_computer(dcl->vendor, pl->product)) {
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
*vendor_index = i;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
*product_index = j;
}
j++;
pl = pl->next;
}
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
i++;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
dcl = dcl->next;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
/* now add the empty product list in case no vendor is selected */
Change the empty product model to be index 0 A vendor of -1 indicates that we should have no product selection in the dive download dialog. Having the empty product model be the last made it hard to keep the correct index for that empty model around (and we got it wrong by default). With this change the product models are offset by one, so the unset vendor (-1) turns into index 0 which is where we now store the empty model. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-12 15:25:28 +00:00
pstores[0] = gtk_list_store_new(1, G_TYPE_POINTER);
First implementation of native Uemis downloader This includes one major hack that uses a private data structure from libdivecomputer to allow us to show the Uemis Zurich as one computer the user can import from. Once the user has chosen the Uemis we don't use libdivecomputer but our own downloader. Just like in the libdicecomputer case this runs in its own thread and updates the import dialog with progress information. The code also keeps track of the last dive that has been downloaded from a Uemis computer so we only import new dives on subsequent downloads. And since the Uemis Zurich gives us its device id, we make this a "per divecomputer" property for people who dive with multiple Uemis Zurich computers. This uses the debugfile infrastructure to allow easily collecting debugging output - especially on Windows where by default console output is lost. Known limitations: when the Uemis runs out of space (it uses its filesystem for communication with the host computer) we have no graceful way to reset things. This is why the code doesn't try to download ALL dives on the computer but instead download them in increments of ten dives. This clearly needs to be addressed once I understand how to reset the device. The Cancel button of the import dialog isn't correctly hooked up, yet. I still need to figure out how to gracefully shut down a download without potentially hanging the device. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-25 14:28:47 +00:00
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
return width;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
void render_dc_vendor(GtkCellLayout *cell,
GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
GtkTreeModel *model,
GtkTreeIter *iter,
gpointer data)
{
const char *vendor;
gtk_tree_model_get(model, iter, 0, &vendor, -1);
Fixed a couple of memory leaks related to the download dialog In render_dc_vendor() and render_dc_product(), there is no need to allocate memory for the texts that are about to be added in the combo box trees. Most GTK widgets seem to make copies of the passed text to them, using g_strdup() and automatically release said memory when a widget is destroyed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:34 +00:00
g_object_set(renderer, "text", vendor, NULL);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
}
void render_dc_product(GtkCellLayout *cell,
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
GtkCellRenderer *renderer,
GtkTreeModel *model,
GtkTreeIter *iter,
gpointer data)
{
dc_descriptor_t *descriptor = NULL;
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
const char *product;
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
gtk_tree_model_get(model, iter, 0, &descriptor, -1);
product = dc_descriptor_get_product(descriptor);
Fixed a couple of memory leaks related to the download dialog In render_dc_vendor() and render_dc_product(), there is no need to allocate memory for the texts that are about to be added in the combo box trees. Most GTK widgets seem to make copies of the passed text to them, using g_strdup() and automatically release said memory when a widget is destroyed. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 22:26:34 +00:00
g_object_set(renderer, "text", product, NULL);
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
}
Keep the "OK" button in "Import" disabled until a DC is selected Only call report_dives() for GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT in the same dialog. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 18:32:12 +00:00
static void dive_computer_selector_changed(GtkWidget *combo, gpointer data)
{
GtkWidget *import, *button;
import = gtk_widget_get_ancestor(combo, GTK_TYPE_DIALOG);
button = gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response(GTK_DIALOG(import), GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT);
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(button, TRUE);
}
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
static GtkListStore **product_model;
static void dive_computer_vendor_changed(GtkComboBox *vendorcombo, GtkComboBox *productcombo)
{
int vendor = gtk_combo_box_get_active(vendorcombo);
Change the empty product model to be index 0 A vendor of -1 indicates that we should have no product selection in the dive download dialog. Having the empty product model be the last made it hard to keep the correct index for that empty model around (and we got it wrong by default). With this change the product models are offset by one, so the unset vendor (-1) turns into index 0 which is where we now store the empty model. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-12 15:25:28 +00:00
gtk_combo_box_set_model(productcombo, GTK_TREE_MODEL(product_model[vendor + 1]));
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
gtk_combo_box_set_active(productcombo, -1);
}
Add a "Dive Computer" frame around the dive computer choice in import I'll add a widget to allow the user to select the device too, so let's name things to make them more obvious. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:19:30 +00:00
static GtkComboBox *dive_computer_selector(GtkWidget *vbox)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
GtkWidget *hbox, *vendor_combo_box, *product_combo_box, *frame;
GtkListStore *vendor_model;
GtkCellRenderer *vendor_renderer, *product_renderer;
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
int vendor_default_index, product_default_index, width;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
Use 'gtk_dialog_get_content_area()' instead of accessing dialog directly I'm reading gtk docs, and trying to clean things up a bit. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:26:37 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
vendor_model = gtk_list_store_new(1, G_TYPE_POINTER);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
width = fill_computer_list(vendor_model, &product_model, &vendor_default_index, &product_default_index);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Dive computer vendor and product"));
Add a "Dive Computer" frame around the dive computer choice in import I'll add a widget to allow the user to select the device too, so let's name things to make them more obvious. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:19:30 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 3);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), hbox);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
vendor_combo_box = gtk_combo_box_new_with_model(GTK_TREE_MODEL(vendor_model));
Change the empty product model to be index 0 A vendor of -1 indicates that we should have no product selection in the dive download dialog. Having the empty product model be the last made it hard to keep the correct index for that empty model around (and we got it wrong by default). With this change the product models are offset by one, so the unset vendor (-1) turns into index 0 which is where we now store the empty model. Reported-by: Henrik Brautaset Aronsen <subsurface@henrik.synth.no> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-12 15:25:28 +00:00
product_combo_box = gtk_combo_box_new_with_model(GTK_TREE_MODEL(product_model[vendor_default_index + 1]));
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(vendor_combo_box), "changed", G_CALLBACK(dive_computer_vendor_changed), product_combo_box);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(product_combo_box), "changed", G_CALLBACK(dive_computer_selector_changed), NULL);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), vendor_combo_box, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), product_combo_box, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
vendor_renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new();
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start(GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(vendor_combo_box), vendor_renderer, TRUE);
gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func(GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(vendor_combo_box), vendor_renderer, render_dc_vendor, NULL, NULL);
product_renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new();
Sort the divecomputers alphabetically and have fixed width dropdown Instead of just taking the vendors and products for the supported divecomputers in the order libdivecomputer provides them to us we sort them as we add them to our list of lists. While doing this we also track the longest product name and try to make sure that the combobox for the product is set to a fixed width that's wider then the longest product name. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-07 06:54:16 +00:00
gtk_cell_renderer_set_fixed_size(product_renderer, 10 * width, -1);
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start(GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(product_combo_box), product_renderer, TRUE);
gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func(GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(product_combo_box), product_renderer, render_dc_product, NULL, NULL);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
gtk_combo_box_set_active(GTK_COMBO_BOX(vendor_combo_box), vendor_default_index);
gtk_combo_box_set_active(GTK_COMBO_BOX(product_combo_box), product_default_index);
Remember the default dive computer setting Always having to re-select the same dive computer got really annoying when I had trouble importing the dives. Let's not force the user to do that, since we could just remember the last dive computer used, and default to that one. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 17:26:34 +00:00
Split dive computer selection into seperate vendor and product combo boxes The length of that combo box got increasingly insane as libdivecomputer supported more and more models. To make this more scalable we now have two combo boxes. One with just the vendors and a second one with the products depending on the vendor selected. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 01:03:58 +00:00
return GTK_COMBO_BOX(product_combo_box);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
static GtkComboBox *dc_device_selector(GtkWidget *vbox)
Save dive computer device name. It is really annoying to have to type the device name each time you need to import a dive from your computer, if you are not using the default device name. This will save the device name in the configuration file and matches the logic currently used to save the dive computer name in the configuration file. Signed-off-by: Terrance Stanfield <t@hollowcranium.com>
2012-05-30 04:54:09 +00:00
{
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
GtkWidget *hbox, *combo_box, *frame;
GtkListStore *model;
GtkCellRenderer *renderer;
int default_index;
Add a GtkEntry to allow editing of the device name Ok, so some file chooser widget with a popup dialog would have been more professional, but I'm lazy. Plus I suspect the popup would look horrible when populated with /dev entries, and I don't think there is any sane filter function. So this works, and means that you don't *have* to recompile the whole program just because you have your dive computer on something else than a USB serial line. I suspect I should save the default name as a config variable too. Maybe a setting in the preferences dialog. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:44:27 +00:00
hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
model = gtk_list_store_new(1, G_TYPE_STRING);
default_index = subsurface_fill_device_list(model);
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Device or mount point"));
Add a GtkEntry to allow editing of the device name Ok, so some file chooser widget with a popup dialog would have been more professional, but I'm lazy. Plus I suspect the popup would look horrible when populated with /dev entries, and I don't think there is any sane filter function. So this works, and means that you don't *have* to recompile the whole program just because you have your dive computer on something else than a USB serial line. I suspect I should save the default name as a config variable too. Maybe a setting in the preferences dialog. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:44:27 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 3);
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
combo_box = gtk_combo_box_entry_new_with_model(GTK_TREE_MODEL(model), 0);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), combo_box);
Add a GtkEntry to allow editing of the device name Ok, so some file chooser widget with a popup dialog would have been more professional, but I'm lazy. Plus I suspect the popup would look horrible when populated with /dev entries, and I don't think there is any sane filter function. So this works, and means that you don't *have* to recompile the whole program just because you have your dive computer on something else than a USB serial line. I suspect I should save the default name as a config variable too. Maybe a setting in the preferences dialog. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:44:27 +00:00
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
renderer = gtk_cell_renderer_text_new();
gtk_cell_layout_pack_start(GTK_CELL_LAYOUT(combo_box), renderer, TRUE);
Trim the device name in the download dialog, if necessary On Windows, device names can end up being <drive-letter> (<drive-label>). In such a case we are only interested in the <drive-letter> part, when passing this value to libdivecomputer. This patch provides a method to trim all text in parentheses and also any leading and trailing whitespace. An important addition is enabling back the user to enter a device manually even it's absent in the combo box list. This device is then stored and retrieved as the default device, but not stored in the device list (dc_device_selector()). As a side effect this change prevents the download dialog closing, when a user-entered device is not one of the found devices via subsurface_fill_device_list(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 21:27:49 +00:00
if (default_index != -1)
gtk_combo_box_set_active(GTK_COMBO_BOX(combo_box), default_index);
else
Prevent crash when no default device is set We were dereferencing the default device, even if not set. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-06 05:19:30 +00:00
if (default_dive_computer_device)
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(gtk_bin_get_child(GTK_BIN(combo_box))),
Trim the device name in the download dialog, if necessary On Windows, device names can end up being <drive-letter> (<drive-label>). In such a case we are only interested in the <drive-letter> part, when passing this value to libdivecomputer. This patch provides a method to trim all text in parentheses and also any leading and trailing whitespace. An important addition is enabling back the user to enter a device manually even it's absent in the combo box list. This device is then stored and retrieved as the default device, but not stored in the device list (dc_device_selector()). As a side effect this change prevents the download dialog closing, when a user-entered device is not one of the found devices via subsurface_fill_device_list(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 21:27:49 +00:00
default_dive_computer_device);
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
return GTK_COMBO_BOX(combo_box);
Add a GtkEntry to allow editing of the device name Ok, so some file chooser widget with a popup dialog would have been more professional, but I'm lazy. Plus I suspect the popup would look horrible when populated with /dev entries, and I don't think there is any sane filter function. So this works, and means that you don't *have* to recompile the whole program just because you have your dive computer on something else than a USB serial line. I suspect I should save the default name as a config variable too. Maybe a setting in the preferences dialog. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:44:27 +00:00
}
Activate the new separate "Import XML File" functionality Renamed the function pick_import_files() to import_files() and added a declaration in "display-gtk.h". The declaration is "extern" for consistency with download_dialog(). Since the new dialog is a real child off "main_window", we no longer need some of the calls to gtk_widget_set_sensitive(), gtk_window_set_decorated() to disable the parent, which previously was the old "Import" combined dialog. Once the file list is retrieved, attempt to import each file and update the list via report_dives(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Minor changes to file select box title Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-21 23:12:12 +00:00
static void do_import_file(gpointer data, gpointer user_data)
Make FileChooserButton end import dialog If we choose a file in the import dialog then this should imply clicking OK in that dialog - no reason for a two step process. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-05 21:12:03 +00:00
{
Activate the new separate "Import XML File" functionality Renamed the function pick_import_files() to import_files() and added a declaration in "display-gtk.h". The declaration is "extern" for consistency with download_dialog(). Since the new dialog is a real child off "main_window", we no longer need some of the calls to gtk_widget_set_sensitive(), gtk_window_set_decorated() to disable the parent, which previously was the old "Import" combined dialog. Once the file list is retrieved, attempt to import each file and update the list via report_dives(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Minor changes to file select box title Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-21 23:12:12 +00:00
GError *error = NULL;
A file that we import should never become the default file we save to Only files that are opened should be considered r/w. Files that are imported should be treated as if they were r/o. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-09 12:50:16 +00:00
parse_file(data, &error, FALSE);
Activate the new separate "Import XML File" functionality Renamed the function pick_import_files() to import_files() and added a declaration in "display-gtk.h". The declaration is "extern" for consistency with download_dialog(). Since the new dialog is a real child off "main_window", we no longer need some of the calls to gtk_widget_set_sensitive(), gtk_window_set_decorated() to disable the parent, which previously was the old "Import" combined dialog. Once the file list is retrieved, attempt to import each file and update the list via report_dives(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Minor changes to file select box title Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-21 23:12:12 +00:00
if (error != NULL)
{
report_error(error);
g_error_free(error);
error = NULL;
}
}
void import_files(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
GtkWidget *fs_dialog;
Reimplement the GtkFileChooserButton for import One of the limitations of GtkFileChooserButton is that it only allows one file to be chosen (so that it can display that file name in the button after the file chooser dialog finishes). Since in the import dialog we never want to show the button with the filename(s) filled in but want to directly execute the import once files have been selected, I reimplemented the button to simply open a multi file chooser when clicked and to then run the import function if one or more file names were selected. This does appear to require some more code but gets us a much more useful and consistent implementation. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:12:30 +00:00
const char *current_default;
char *current_def_dir;
Add XML file import back and treat open and import differently Open (or adding a file name on the command line) means that this is just one of the files that you consider part of your dive history. So dives don't get automagically numbered and the dive_list is not considered "changed" just because another file was opened. Import (or adding a file on the command line after --import) means that you are importing the content of this file to your dive history. So if the imported file has un-numbered dives that are newer than everything else, those get correctly renumbered. And importing marks the dive_list as changed. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-05 18:36:15 +00:00
GtkFileFilter *filter;
Reimplement the GtkFileChooserButton for import One of the limitations of GtkFileChooserButton is that it only allows one file to be chosen (so that it can display that file name in the button after the file chooser dialog finishes). Since in the import dialog we never want to show the button with the filename(s) filled in but want to directly execute the import once files have been selected, I reimplemented the button to simply open a multi file chooser when clicked and to then run the import function if one or more file names were selected. This does appear to require some more code but gets us a much more useful and consistent implementation. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:12:30 +00:00
struct stat sb;
Activate the new separate "Import XML File" functionality Renamed the function pick_import_files() to import_files() and added a declaration in "display-gtk.h". The declaration is "extern" for consistency with download_dialog(). Since the new dialog is a real child off "main_window", we no longer need some of the calls to gtk_widget_set_sensitive(), gtk_window_set_decorated() to disable the parent, which previously was the old "Import" combined dialog. Once the file list is retrieved, attempt to import each file and update the list via report_dives(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Minor changes to file select box title Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-21 23:12:12 +00:00
GSList *filenames = NULL;
Make FileChooserButton end import dialog If we choose a file in the import dialog then this should imply clicking OK in that dialog - no reason for a two step process. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-05 21:12:03 +00:00
Make sure there are no invisible selected dives after import / download Prior to this commit, gtk often decided to collapse the trip with the selected dive after the user imported or downloaded additional dives. Since Subsurface tracks dives as being selected even after gtk collapses a trip (which clears all selection state as far as gtk is concerned) this could lead to the strange situation that the user could click on a new dive to select it without unselecting the already selected dive - and suddenly edit or delete did things that were entirely unwanted. With this change we explicitly save and then restore the tree state around import and download operations. This ensures that the same dive(s) stay selected and trips stay expanded and therefore avoids the issues described here. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-21 21:53:36 +00:00
remember_tree_state();
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
fs_dialog = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new(_("Choose XML Files To Import Into Current Data File"),
Add XML file import back and treat open and import differently Open (or adding a file name on the command line) means that this is just one of the files that you consider part of your dive history. So dives don't get automagically numbered and the dive_list is not considered "changed" just because another file was opened. Import (or adding a file on the command line after --import) means that you are importing the content of this file to your dive history. So if the imported file has un-numbered dives that are newer than everything else, those get correctly renumbered. And importing marks the dive_list as changed. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-05 18:36:15 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN,
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
GTK_STOCK_OPEN, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
NULL);
Reimplement the GtkFileChooserButton for import One of the limitations of GtkFileChooserButton is that it only allows one file to be chosen (so that it can display that file name in the button after the file chooser dialog finishes). Since in the import dialog we never want to show the button with the filename(s) filled in but want to directly execute the import once files have been selected, I reimplemented the button to simply open a multi file chooser when clicked and to then run the import function if one or more file names were selected. This does appear to require some more code but gets us a much more useful and consistent implementation. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:12:30 +00:00
/* I'm not sure what the best default path should be... */
if (existing_filename) {
current_def_dir = g_path_get_dirname(existing_filename);
} else {
current_default = subsurface_default_filename();
current_def_dir = g_path_get_dirname(current_default);
free((void *)current_default);
}
/* it's possible that the directory doesn't exist (especially for the default)
* For gtk's file select box to make sense we create it */
if (stat(current_def_dir, &sb) != 0)
g_mkdir(current_def_dir, S_IRWXU);
Add XML file import back and treat open and import differently Open (or adding a file name on the command line) means that this is just one of the files that you consider part of your dive history. So dives don't get automagically numbered and the dive_list is not considered "changed" just because another file was opened. Import (or adding a file on the command line after --import) means that you are importing the content of this file to your dive history. So if the imported file has un-numbered dives that are newer than everything else, those get correctly renumbered. And importing marks the dive_list as changed. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-05 18:36:15 +00:00
Reimplement the GtkFileChooserButton for import One of the limitations of GtkFileChooserButton is that it only allows one file to be chosen (so that it can display that file name in the button after the file chooser dialog finishes). Since in the import dialog we never want to show the button with the filename(s) filled in but want to directly execute the import once files have been selected, I reimplemented the button to simply open a multi file chooser when clicked and to then run the import function if one or more file names were selected. This does appear to require some more code but gets us a much more useful and consistent implementation. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:12:30 +00:00
gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog), current_def_dir);
gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog), TRUE);
Put creation of the file selector box filter into helper function This avoids duplication of code. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:22:36 +00:00
filter = setup_filter();
Reimplement the GtkFileChooserButton for import One of the limitations of GtkFileChooserButton is that it only allows one file to be chosen (so that it can display that file name in the button after the file chooser dialog finishes). Since in the import dialog we never want to show the button with the filename(s) filled in but want to directly execute the import once files have been selected, I reimplemented the button to simply open a multi file chooser when clicked and to then run the import function if one or more file names were selected. This does appear to require some more code but gets us a much more useful and consistent implementation. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:12:30 +00:00
gtk_file_chooser_set_filter(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog), filter);
gtk_widget_show_all(fs_dialog);
Activate the new separate "Import XML File" functionality Renamed the function pick_import_files() to import_files() and added a declaration in "display-gtk.h". The declaration is "extern" for consistency with download_dialog(). Since the new dialog is a real child off "main_window", we no longer need some of the calls to gtk_widget_set_sensitive(), gtk_window_set_decorated() to disable the parent, which previously was the old "Import" combined dialog. Once the file list is retrieved, attempt to import each file and update the list via report_dives(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Minor changes to file select box title Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-21 23:12:12 +00:00
if (gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(fs_dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
/* grab the selected file list, import each file and update the list */
filenames = gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames(GTK_FILE_CHOOSER(fs_dialog));
if (filenames) {
g_slist_foreach(filenames, do_import_file, NULL);
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
report_dives(TRUE, FALSE);
Activate the new separate "Import XML File" functionality Renamed the function pick_import_files() to import_files() and added a declaration in "display-gtk.h". The declaration is "extern" for consistency with download_dialog(). Since the new dialog is a real child off "main_window", we no longer need some of the calls to gtk_widget_set_sensitive(), gtk_window_set_decorated() to disable the parent, which previously was the old "Import" combined dialog. Once the file list is retrieved, attempt to import each file and update the list via report_dives(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Minor changes to file select box title Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-21 23:12:12 +00:00
g_slist_free(filenames);
}
}
Reimplement the GtkFileChooserButton for import One of the limitations of GtkFileChooserButton is that it only allows one file to be chosen (so that it can display that file name in the button after the file chooser dialog finishes). Since in the import dialog we never want to show the button with the filename(s) filled in but want to directly execute the import once files have been selected, I reimplemented the button to simply open a multi file chooser when clicked and to then run the import function if one or more file names were selected. This does appear to require some more code but gets us a much more useful and consistent implementation. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:12:30 +00:00
free(current_def_dir);
gtk_widget_destroy(fs_dialog);
Make sure there are no invisible selected dives after import / download Prior to this commit, gtk often decided to collapse the trip with the selected dive after the user imported or downloaded additional dives. Since Subsurface tracks dives as being selected even after gtk collapses a trip (which clears all selection state as far as gtk is concerned) this could lead to the strange situation that the user could click on a new dive to select it without unselecting the already selected dive - and suddenly edit or delete did things that were entirely unwanted. With this change we explicitly save and then restore the tree state around import and download operations. This ensures that the same dive(s) stay selected and trips stay expanded and therefore avoids the issues described here. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-21 21:53:36 +00:00
restore_tree_state();
Add XML file import back and treat open and import differently Open (or adding a file name on the command line) means that this is just one of the files that you consider part of your dive history. So dives don't get automagically numbered and the dive_list is not considered "changed" just because another file was opened. Import (or adding a file on the command line after --import) means that you are importing the content of this file to your dive history. So if the imported file has un-numbered dives that are newer than everything else, those get correctly renumbered. And importing marks the dive_list as changed. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-05 18:36:15 +00:00
}
Change the Dive computer import button from "Ok" to "Retry" on error This was a todo item in commit b0ba22a06879 ("Show dive import error messages in the import dialog") which made the import dialog able to retry the import on errors. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 20:45:52 +00:00
static GtkWidget *import_dive_computer(device_data_t *data, GtkDialog *dialog)
Show dive import error messages in the import dialog .. not in the main window. And leave the import dialog open, so that you can either try doing it again, or cancel. This makes it much easier to re-try a failed dive import, and actually makes the failure more obvious too. Todo: - make the "Ok" button change to "Retry" when an error happens - try to see if we can catch the actual status update messages from libdivecomputer and show them too in the import dialog. Right now they are printed out to stderr by the library. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:49:03 +00:00
{
GError *error;
Change the Dive computer import button from "Ok" to "Retry" on error This was a todo item in commit b0ba22a06879 ("Show dive import error messages in the import dialog") which made the import dialog able to retry the import on errors. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 20:45:52 +00:00
GtkWidget *vbox, *info, *container, *label, *button;
Show dive import error messages in the import dialog .. not in the main window. And leave the import dialog open, so that you can either try doing it again, or cancel. This makes it much easier to re-try a failed dive import, and actually makes the failure more obvious too. Todo: - make the "Ok" button change to "Retry" when an error happens - try to see if we can catch the actual status update messages from libdivecomputer and show them too in the import dialog. Right now they are printed out to stderr by the library. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:49:03 +00:00
First implementation of native Uemis downloader This includes one major hack that uses a private data structure from libdivecomputer to allow us to show the Uemis Zurich as one computer the user can import from. Once the user has chosen the Uemis we don't use libdivecomputer but our own downloader. Just like in the libdicecomputer case this runs in its own thread and updates the import dialog with progress information. The code also keeps track of the last dive that has been downloaded from a Uemis computer so we only import new dives on subsequent downloads. And since the Uemis Zurich gives us its device id, we make this a "per divecomputer" property for people who dive with multiple Uemis Zurich computers. This uses the debugfile infrastructure to allow easily collecting debugging output - especially on Windows where by default console output is lost. Known limitations: when the Uemis runs out of space (it uses its filesystem for communication with the host computer) we have no graceful way to reset things. This is why the code doesn't try to download ALL dives on the computer but instead download them in increments of ten dives. This clearly needs to be addressed once I understand how to reset the device. The Cancel button of the import dialog isn't correctly hooked up, yet. I still need to figure out how to gracefully shut down a download without potentially hanging the device. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-25 14:28:47 +00:00
/* HACK to simply include the Uemis Zurich in the list */
if (! strcmp(data->vendor, "Uemis") && ! strcmp(data->product, "Zurich")) {
Convert Uemis downloader to directly create dives The initial downloader reused the XML parsing of SDA files that was implemented early in order to support the information extracted from the SDA with the java applet. But creating this intermediary XML file and handing it off to the XML import function always seemed like an ugly way to do things. This became even more obvious when adding more features to the Uemis downloader. This commit completely changes the downloader to instead create dives and record them directly. This also adds support for divespots (which are stored in a seperate database that needs to be queried after the divelog and dive entries have been combined - the Uemis firmware clearly was written by monkeys on crack - oh wait: I'm trusting these same people to get the deco right?). This commit leaves the SDA import capability in the XML parser intact. I'll remove that later. Because of this it actually adds a few lines of code, but the overall change will be a substantial code deletion. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-29 00:11:19 +00:00
error = uemis_download(data->devname, &data->progress, data->dialog, data->force_download);
First implementation of native Uemis downloader This includes one major hack that uses a private data structure from libdivecomputer to allow us to show the Uemis Zurich as one computer the user can import from. Once the user has chosen the Uemis we don't use libdivecomputer but our own downloader. Just like in the libdicecomputer case this runs in its own thread and updates the import dialog with progress information. The code also keeps track of the last dive that has been downloaded from a Uemis computer so we only import new dives on subsequent downloads. And since the Uemis Zurich gives us its device id, we make this a "per divecomputer" property for people who dive with multiple Uemis Zurich computers. This uses the debugfile infrastructure to allow easily collecting debugging output - especially on Windows where by default console output is lost. Known limitations: when the Uemis runs out of space (it uses its filesystem for communication with the host computer) we have no graceful way to reset things. This is why the code doesn't try to download ALL dives on the computer but instead download them in increments of ten dives. This clearly needs to be addressed once I understand how to reset the device. The Cancel button of the import dialog isn't correctly hooked up, yet. I still need to figure out how to gracefully shut down a download without potentially hanging the device. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-25 14:28:47 +00:00
} else {
error = do_import(data);
}
Show dive import error messages in the import dialog .. not in the main window. And leave the import dialog open, so that you can either try doing it again, or cancel. This makes it much easier to re-try a failed dive import, and actually makes the failure more obvious too. Todo: - make the "Ok" button change to "Retry" when an error happens - try to see if we can catch the actual status update messages from libdivecomputer and show them too in the import dialog. Right now they are printed out to stderr by the library. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:49:03 +00:00
if (!error)
return NULL;
Change the Dive computer import button from "Ok" to "Retry" on error This was a todo item in commit b0ba22a06879 ("Show dive import error messages in the import dialog") which made the import dialog able to retry the import on errors. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 20:45:52 +00:00
button = gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response(dialog, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT);
gtk_button_set_use_stock(GTK_BUTTON(button), 0);
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
gtk_button_set_label(GTK_BUTTON(button), _("Retry"));
Change the Dive computer import button from "Ok" to "Retry" on error This was a todo item in commit b0ba22a06879 ("Show dive import error messages in the import dialog") which made the import dialog able to retry the import on errors. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 20:45:52 +00:00
vbox = gtk_dialog_get_content_area(dialog);
Show dive import error messages in the import dialog .. not in the main window. And leave the import dialog open, so that you can either try doing it again, or cancel. This makes it much easier to re-try a failed dive import, and actually makes the failure more obvious too. Todo: - make the "Ok" button change to "Retry" when an error happens - try to see if we can catch the actual status update messages from libdivecomputer and show them too in the import dialog. Right now they are printed out to stderr by the library. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:49:03 +00:00
info = gtk_info_bar_new();
container = gtk_info_bar_get_content_area(GTK_INFO_BAR(info));
label = gtk_label_new(error->message);
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(container), label);
Change the Dive computer import button from "Ok" to "Retry" on error This was a todo item in commit b0ba22a06879 ("Show dive import error messages in the import dialog") which made the import dialog able to retry the import on errors. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 20:45:52 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), info, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
Show dive import error messages in the import dialog .. not in the main window. And leave the import dialog open, so that you can either try doing it again, or cancel. This makes it much easier to re-try a failed dive import, and actually makes the failure more obvious too. Todo: - make the "Ok" button change to "Retry" when an error happens - try to see if we can catch the actual status update messages from libdivecomputer and show them too in the import dialog. Right now they are printed out to stderr by the library. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:49:03 +00:00
return info;
}
Prevent UI errors while the the import thread is running While the import thread is running it is possible to: 1) click the [x] button of the "download dialog". To prevent that, we attach a "delete-event" signal to no-op function. 2) to interact with the main window, once the "accept" event is triggered. To prevent that, we make sure that the window is set back to "modal". Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 22:08:43 +00:00
/* this prevents clicking the [x] button, while the import thread is still running */
static void download_dialog_delete(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
{
/* a no-op */
}
Remove the XML file selection from the DC download dialog Renamed "import_dialog" to "download_dialog" and also focused the download dialog strictly on dive computer functionality. Removed the file button and "filenames" checks from "download_dialog". Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 22:47:06 +00:00
void download_dialog(GtkWidget *w, gpointer data)
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
{
int result;
Trim the device name in the download dialog, if necessary On Windows, device names can end up being <drive-letter> (<drive-label>). In such a case we are only interested in the <drive-letter> part, when passing this value to libdivecomputer. This patch provides a method to trim all text in parentheses and also any leading and trailing whitespace. An important addition is enabling back the user to enter a device manually even it's absent in the combo box list. This device is then stored and retrieved as the default device, but not stored in the device list (dc_device_selector()). As a side effect this change prevents the download dialog closing, when a user-entered device is not one of the found devices via subsurface_fill_device_list(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 21:27:49 +00:00
char *devname, *ns, *ne;
Keep the "OK" button in "Import" disabled until a DC is selected Only call report_dives() for GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT in the same dialog. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 18:32:12 +00:00
GtkWidget *dialog, *button, *hbox, *vbox, *label, *info = NULL;
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
GtkComboBox *computer, *device;
Keep the "OK" button in "Import" disabled until a DC is selected Only call report_dives() for GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT in the same dialog. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 18:32:12 +00:00
GtkTreeIter iter;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
device_data_t devicedata = {
Add a GtkEntry to allow editing of the device name Ok, so some file chooser widget with a popup dialog would have been more professional, but I'm lazy. Plus I suspect the popup would look horrible when populated with /dev entries, and I don't think there is any sane filter function. So this works, and means that you don't *have* to recompile the whole program just because you have your dive computer on something else than a USB serial line. I suspect I should save the default name as a config variable too. Maybe a setting in the preferences dialog. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:44:27 +00:00
.devname = NULL,
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
};
Make sure there are no invisible selected dives after import / download Prior to this commit, gtk often decided to collapse the trip with the selected dive after the user imported or downloaded additional dives. Since Subsurface tracks dives as being selected even after gtk collapses a trip (which clears all selection state as far as gtk is concerned) this could lead to the strange situation that the user could click on a new dive to select it without unselecting the already selected dive - and suddenly edit or delete did things that were entirely unwanted. With this change we explicitly save and then restore the tree state around import and download operations. This ensures that the same dive(s) stay selected and trips stay expanded and therefore avoids the issues described here. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-21 21:53:36 +00:00
remember_tree_state();
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(_("Download From Dive Computer"),
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
Allow the user to cancel a dive computer download The code pretended to support this for libdivecomputer based downloads, but it had never been hooked up when the native Uemis downloader was implemented. When I finally decided to close that feature gap I realized that the original code was, shall we say, "aspirational" or "completely bogus" and therefore never worked. So instead of just hooking up the code for the Uemis downloader I instead implemented this correctly for the first time for both libdivecomputer and the native Uemis downloader. In order not to have to mess with multithreaded Gtk development I simply opted for a helper function that fires on a 100ms timeout and have it end the dialog without a response. This way we can run the dialog while waiting for the download to finish, still update the progress bar and respond in a useful manner to the user clicking cancel. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-19 22:11:08 +00:00
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
NULL);
Prevent UI errors while the the import thread is running While the import thread is running it is possible to: 1) click the [x] button of the "download dialog". To prevent that, we attach a "delete-event" signal to no-op function. 2) to interact with the main window, once the "accept" event is triggered. To prevent that, we make sure that the window is set back to "modal". Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 22:08:43 +00:00
g_signal_connect(dialog, "delete-event", G_CALLBACK(download_dialog_delete), NULL);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Add a "Dive Computer" frame around the dive computer choice in import I'll add a widget to allow the user to select the device too, so let's name things to make them more obvious. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:19:30 +00:00
vbox = gtk_dialog_get_content_area(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
Conversion to gettext to allow localization This is just the first step - convert the string literals, try to catch all the places where this isn't possible and the program needs to convert string constants at runtime (those are the N_ macros). Add a very rough first German localization so I can at least test what I have done. Seriously, I have never used a localized OS, so I am certain that I have many of the 'standard' translations wrong. Someone please take over :-) Major issues with this: - right now it hardcodes the search path for the message catalog to be ./locale - that's of course bogus, but it works well while doing initial testing. Once the tooling support is there we just should use the OS default. - even though de_DE defaults to ISO-8859-15 (or ISO-8859-1 - the internets can't seem to agree) I went with UTF-8 as that is what Gtk appears to want to use internally. ISO-8859-15 encoded .mo files create funny looking artefacts instead of Umlaute. - no support at all in the Makefile - I was hoping someone with more experience in how to best set this up would contribute a good set of Makefile rules - likely this will help fix the first issue in that it will also install the .mo file(s) in the correct place(s) For now simply run msgfmt -c -o subsurface.mo deutsch.po to create the subsurface.mo file and then move it to ./locale/de_DE.UTF-8/LC_MESSAGES/subsurface.mo If you make changes to the sources and need to add new strings to be translated, this is what seems to work (again, should be tooled through the Makefile): xgettext -o subsurface-new.pot -s -k_ -kN_ --add-comments="++GETTEXT" *.c msgmerge -s -U po/deutsch.po subsurface-new.pot If you do this PLEASE do one commit that just has the new msgid as changes in line numbers create a TON of diff-noise. Do changes to translations in a SEPARATE commit. - no testing at all on Windows or Mac It builds on Windows :-) Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-11 00:42:59 +00:00
label = gtk_label_new(_(" Please select dive computer and device. "));
Add XML file import back and treat open and import differently Open (or adding a file name on the command line) means that this is just one of the files that you consider part of your dive history. So dives don't get automagically numbered and the dive_list is not considered "changed" just because another file was opened. Import (or adding a file on the command line after --import) means that you are importing the content of this file to your dive history. So if the imported file has un-numbered dives that are newer than everything else, those get correctly renumbered. And importing marks the dive_list as changed. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-10-05 18:36:15 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 3);
Add a "Dive Computer" frame around the dive computer choice in import I'll add a widget to allow the user to select the device too, so let's name things to make them more obvious. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-26 16:19:30 +00:00
computer = dive_computer_selector(vbox);
Improve the dive computer device selection We try to identify devices that are connected and their matching device names (and mount paths in the case of the Uemis Zurich). Those are presented as a drop down menu to choose from. The user can still override this by simply entering a different device / path name. On Windows this is not functional. How do I find out which drive letter corresponds to the USB device named "UEMISSDA"? Similarly we need code that finds serial ports that are present. For now we once again default to COM3 (so this isn't a step back, but of course it's far from what we want). Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-10-26 22:52:39 +00:00
device = dc_device_selector(vbox);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 6);
Use 'gtk_dialog_get_content_area()' instead of accessing dialog directly I'm reading gtk docs, and trying to clean things up a bit. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-24 22:26:37 +00:00
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 3);
Fix progress bar during libdivecomputer imports As reported by Mauro Dreissig, the progress bar doesn't work and causes a SIGSEGV due to a missing allocation. The code broke when Dirk separated out the GUI from the core code, and I hadn't tried divecomputer downloads since. Reported-by: Mauro Dreissig <mukadr@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2011-09-22 23:38:24 +00:00
devicedata.progress.bar = gtk_progress_bar_new();
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(hbox), devicedata.progress.bar);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
force_download = FALSE;
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Force download of all dives"));
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), FALSE);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(force_toggle), NULL);
prefer_downloaded = FALSE;
button = gtk_check_button_new_with_label(_("Always prefer downloaded dive"));
gtk_toggle_button_set_active(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(button), FALSE);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), button, FALSE, FALSE, 6);
g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(button), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(prefer_dl_toggle), NULL);
Keep the "OK" button in "Import" disabled until a DC is selected Only call report_dives() for GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT in the same dialog. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 18:32:12 +00:00
button = gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response(GTK_DIALOG(dialog), GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT);
if (!gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter(computer, &iter))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive(button, FALSE);
Show dive import error messages in the import dialog .. not in the main window. And leave the import dialog open, so that you can either try doing it again, or cancel. This makes it much easier to re-try a failed dive import, and actually makes the failure more obvious too. Todo: - make the "Ok" button change to "Retry" when an error happens - try to see if we can catch the actual status update messages from libdivecomputer and show them too in the import dialog. Right now they are printed out to stderr by the library. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:49:03 +00:00
repeat:
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
gtk_widget_show_all(dialog);
result = gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
switch (result) {
Update to new sane libdivecomputer interfaces This does mean that you have to build subsurface against a new version of libdivecomputer, and that version is likely going to have various slightly incompatible changes. But the new interfaces allow for easily adding new supported dive computers without subsurface having to be updated for each new vendor and model, so some slight pain is definitely worth it this time. I'm not even going to try to have some backwards-compatible version here, the libdivecomputer interface changes are so extensive. Native enumeration of devices is just the smallest part of it: the constants and types that libdivecomputer uses now have much nicer names that all start with DC_ or dc_, so you don't get the kinds of name clashes we had with "gasmix_t" etc. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-06-22 20:37:39 +00:00
dc_descriptor_t *descriptor;
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
GtkTreeModel *model;
Reimplement the GtkFileChooserButton for import One of the limitations of GtkFileChooserButton is that it only allows one file to be chosen (so that it can display that file name in the button after the file chooser dialog finishes). Since in the import dialog we never want to show the button with the filename(s) filled in but want to directly execute the import once files have been selected, I reimplemented the button to simply open a multi file chooser when clicked and to then run the import function if one or more file names were selected. This does appear to require some more code but gets us a much more useful and consistent implementation. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-15 22:12:30 +00:00
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
case GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT:
Prevent UI errors while the the import thread is running While the import thread is running it is possible to: 1) click the [x] button of the "download dialog". To prevent that, we attach a "delete-event" signal to no-op function. 2) to interact with the main window, once the "accept" event is triggered. To prevent that, we make sure that the window is set back to "modal". Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 22:08:43 +00:00
/* once the accept event is triggered the dialog becomes non-modal.
* lets re-set that */
gtk_window_set_modal(GTK_WINDOW(dialog), TRUE);
Show dive import error messages in the import dialog .. not in the main window. And leave the import dialog open, so that you can either try doing it again, or cancel. This makes it much easier to re-try a failed dive import, and actually makes the failure more obvious too. Todo: - make the "Ok" button change to "Retry" when an error happens - try to see if we can catch the actual status update messages from libdivecomputer and show them too in the import dialog. Right now they are printed out to stderr by the library. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-02 19:49:03 +00:00
if (info)
gtk_widget_destroy(info);
Remove the XML file selection from the DC download dialog Renamed "import_dialog" to "download_dialog" and also focused the download dialog strictly on dive computer functionality. Removed the file button and "filenames" checks from "download_dialog". Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 22:47:06 +00:00
const char *vendor, *product;
if (!gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter(computer, &iter))
break;
model = gtk_combo_box_get_model(computer);
gtk_tree_model_get(model, &iter,
0, &descriptor,
-1);
vendor = dc_descriptor_get_vendor(descriptor);
product = dc_descriptor_get_product(descriptor);
devicedata.descriptor = descriptor;
devicedata.vendor = vendor;
devicedata.product = product;
set_default_dive_computer(vendor, product);
Trim the device name in the download dialog, if necessary On Windows, device names can end up being <drive-letter> (<drive-label>). In such a case we are only interested in the <drive-letter> part, when passing this value to libdivecomputer. This patch provides a method to trim all text in parentheses and also any leading and trailing whitespace. An important addition is enabling back the user to enter a device manually even it's absent in the combo box list. This device is then stored and retrieved as the default device, but not stored in the device list (dc_device_selector()). As a side effect this change prevents the download dialog closing, when a user-entered device is not one of the found devices via subsurface_fill_device_list(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 21:27:49 +00:00
/* get the device name from the combo box entry and set as default */
devname = strdup(gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(gtk_bin_get_child(GTK_BIN(device)))));
set_default_dive_computer_device(devname);
/* clear leading and trailing white space from the device name and also
* everything after (and including) the first '(' char. */
ns = devname;
while (*ns == ' ' || *ns == '\t')
ns++;
ne = ns;
while (*ne && *ne != '(')
ne++;
*ne = '\0';
if (ne > ns)
while (*(--ne) == ' ' || *ne == '\t')
*ne = '\0';
devicedata.devname = ns;
Allow the user to cancel a dive computer download The code pretended to support this for libdivecomputer based downloads, but it had never been hooked up when the native Uemis downloader was implemented. When I finally decided to close that feature gap I realized that the original code was, shall we say, "aspirational" or "completely bogus" and therefore never worked. So instead of just hooking up the code for the Uemis downloader I instead implemented this correctly for the first time for both libdivecomputer and the native Uemis downloader. In order not to have to mess with multithreaded Gtk development I simply opted for a helper function that fires on a 100ms timeout and have it end the dialog without a response. This way we can run the dialog while waiting for the download to finish, still update the progress bar and respond in a useful manner to the user clicking cancel. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-19 22:11:08 +00:00
devicedata.dialog = GTK_DIALOG(dialog);
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
devicedata.force_download = force_download;
Clear 'force' flag when retrying download This may seem like an esoteric corner case, but it will actually happen reliably when re-downloading dives from the Uemis SDA: If the user selects "Force downloada of all dives" in the "Download from divecomputer" dialog and if the SDA runs out of space and needs to be unmounted and remounted, then for the 'Retry' the 'force' flag should be cleared - or the user will once again start from the first dive which almost certainly is not what they expect. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-20 00:13:05 +00:00
force_download = FALSE; /* when retrying we don't want to restart */
Remove the XML file selection from the DC download dialog Renamed "import_dialog" to "download_dialog" and also focused the download dialog strictly on dive computer functionality. Removed the file button and "filenames" checks from "download_dialog". Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 22:47:06 +00:00
info = import_dive_computer(&devicedata, GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
Trim the device name in the download dialog, if necessary On Windows, device names can end up being <drive-letter> (<drive-label>). In such a case we are only interested in the <drive-letter> part, when passing this value to libdivecomputer. This patch provides a method to trim all text in parentheses and also any leading and trailing whitespace. An important addition is enabling back the user to enter a device manually even it's absent in the combo box list. This device is then stored and retrieved as the default device, but not stored in the device list (dc_device_selector()). As a side effect this change prevents the download dialog closing, when a user-entered device is not one of the found devices via subsurface_fill_device_list(). Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-01 21:27:49 +00:00
free((void *)devname);
Remove the XML file selection from the DC download dialog Renamed "import_dialog" to "download_dialog" and also focused the download dialog strictly on dive computer functionality. Removed the file button and "filenames" checks from "download_dialog". Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com>
2012-09-21 22:47:06 +00:00
if (info)
goto repeat;
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
report_dives(TRUE, prefer_downloaded);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
break;
default:
Much improved handling of out of memory errors in the Uemis downloader Instead of trying to figure out in the GUI code whether to call the downloader again, the logic was moved into the downloader itself. It now attempts to deal cleverly with running out of space on the dive computer filesystem - and in return is able to process the maximum number of dives (instead of just ten or so at a time). Even on partial reads before a failure we are able to collect the data that was completely transferred and report those dives. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-27 03:37:57 +00:00
/* it's possible that some dives were downloaded */
Add special download modes to force updates from the divecomputer This will hopefully not be something we need often, but if we improve support for a divecomputer (either in libdivecomputer or in our native Uemis code or even in the way we handle (and potentially discard) events), then it is extremely useful to be able to say "re-download things from the divecomputer and for things that were not edited in Subsurface, don't try to merge the data (which gives BAD results if for example you fixed a bug in the depth calculation in libdivecomputer) but instead simply take the samples, the events and some of the other unedited data straight from the download". This commit implements just that - a "force download" checkbox in the download dialog that makes us reimport all dives from the dive computer, even the ones we already have, and an "always prefer downloaded dive" checkbox that then tells Subsurface not to merge but simply to take the data from the downloaded dive - without overwriting the things we have already edited in Subsurface (like location, buddy, equipment, etc). This, as a precaution, refuses to merge dives that don't have identical start times. So if you have edited the date / time of a dive or if you have previously merged your dive with a different dive computer (and therefore modified samples and events) you are out of luck. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-11 13:29:26 +00:00
report_dives(TRUE, prefer_downloaded);
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
break;
}
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
Make sure there are no invisible selected dives after import / download Prior to this commit, gtk often decided to collapse the trip with the selected dive after the user imported or downloaded additional dives. Since Subsurface tracks dives as being selected even after gtk collapses a trip (which clears all selection state as far as gtk is concerned) this could lead to the strange situation that the user could click on a new dive to select it without unselecting the already selected dive - and suddenly edit or delete did things that were entirely unwanted. With this change we explicitly save and then restore the tree state around import and download operations. This ensures that the same dive(s) stay selected and trips stay expanded and therefore avoids the issues described here. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-21 21:53:36 +00:00
restore_tree_state();
Separate out the UI from the program logic The following are UI toolkit specific: gtk-gui.c - overall layout, main window of the UI divelist.c - list of dives subsurface maintains equipment.c - equipment / tank information for each dive info.c - detailed dive info print.c - printing The rest is independent of the UI: main.c i - program frame dive.c i - creates and maintaines the internal dive list structure libdivecomputer.c uemis.c parse-xml.c save-xml.c - interface with dive computers and the XML files profile.c - creates the data for the profile and draws it using cairo This commit should contain NO functional changes, just moving code around and a couple of minor abstractions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-20 19:40:34 +00:00
}
void update_progressbar(progressbar_t *progress, double value)
{
gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction(GTK_PROGRESS_BAR(progress->bar), value);
}
Use the last (or only) filename on command line as default for saving Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:50:26 +00:00
Show dive import text updates in the progress bar Instead of using printf() to print the string updates ("Parsing sample data" etc), introduce a function to show those strings in the graphical progress bar itself. Subsurface hasn't been a text-mode application in a long time ;) This partially fixes the second todo entry from commit b0ba22a06879 ("Show dive import error messages in the import dialog") and generally makes for a more helpful import - at least for the largely error-free cases. Sadly, the messages that really come from within libdivecomputer itself (like "suunto_vyper2.c:193: Failed to receive the answer.") when things go really wrong are not caught. libdivecomputer does have a notion of a logfile (set with "message_set_logfile()"), but that ends up being really inconvenient. Maybe we could use some pipe setup or something. Oh well. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2012-05-03 00:40:39 +00:00
void update_progressbar_text(progressbar_t *progress, const char *text)
{
gtk_progress_bar_set_text(GTK_PROGRESS_BAR(progress->bar), text);
}
Use the last (or only) filename on command line as default for saving Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:50:26 +00:00
Change behavior for the existing filename Previously we always picked the last file that was openend as the file name to save to. That seems counterintuitive when importing files or when opening multiple files. Especially if Subsurface was executed without a file on the command line and we are using the default file. Now we only remember a file name if it was the first one to ever be openend or if it was used in save-as. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 19:27:00 +00:00
void set_filename(const char *filename, gboolean force)
Use the last (or only) filename on command line as default for saving Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:50:26 +00:00
{
Change behavior for the existing filename Previously we always picked the last file that was openend as the file name to save to. That seems counterintuitive when importing files or when opening multiple files. Especially if Subsurface was executed without a file on the command line and we are using the default file. Now we only remember a file name if it was the first one to ever be openend or if it was used in save-as. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-10 19:27:00 +00:00
if (!force && existing_filename)
return;
Once again improve existing filename handling Several potential problems. - we could end up dereferencing exiting_filename when it was NULL - we could free the default_filename by mistake - subsurface_default_filename always needs to return a copy of it - closing the existing file before opening a new one repopulated the existing_filename with the default filename - preventing the opened file to become the new existing filename Also, make existing filename a const char * and make file_open have the same sensible default folder behavior as the other file related functions. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-09-16 03:51:06 +00:00
free((void *)existing_filename);
Add a separate "Save as" entry to the menu The "Save" entry will now automatically save over the last used file. If no filename has been set, then that entry will also prompt the user for a filename. The filename is set when saving as well, so the next save will use the same filename. Signed-off-by: Mikko Rasa <tdb@tdb.fi>
2012-07-31 17:55:41 +00:00
if (filename)
Use the last (or only) filename on command line as default for saving Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:50:26 +00:00
existing_filename = strdup(filename);
Fix default filename handling errors The default filename handling is broken in two different ways: (a) if we start subsurface with a non-existing file, we warn about the inability to read that file, and then we exit without setting the default filename. This is broken because it means that if the user (perhaps by mistake, by pressing ^S) now saves the file, he will overwrite the default filename, even though that was *not* the file we read, and *not* the file that subsurface was started with. So just set the default filename even for a failed file open. The exact same logic is true of a failed parse of an XML file that we successfully opened. We do *not* want to leave the old default filename in place just because the XML parsing failed, and possibly then overwriting some file that was never involved with that failure in the first place. So just get rid of all the logic to push the filename saving into the XML parsing layer, it has zero relevance at that point. (b) if we do replace the default filename with a NULL file, we need to set that even if we cannot do a strdup() on the NULL. This fixes both errors. Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-11-10 14:32:06 +00:00
else
existing_filename = NULL;
Use the last (or only) filename on command line as default for saving Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2011-09-21 04:50:26 +00:00
}
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
/* just find the entry for this divecomputer */
static struct dcnicknamelist *get_dc_nicknameentry(const char *model, int deviceid)
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
{
struct dcnicknamelist *known = nicknamelist;
Divecomputer entries with deviceid 0 should be ignored for nicknames Those only come from a number of development versions of Subsurface that didn't include the deviceid in the divecomputer entry. There is no way of telling different dive computers (of the same model) apart, so assigning a nickname to such an entry then creates incorrect output when loading an XML file from someone else (e.g. Linus and I both have a Uemis SDA and both may have entries for our own SDA with deviceid 0; then the nickname Subsurface shows for any Uemis SDA entry with a deviceid of 0 depends on whether I last loaded his XML file or mine; that makes no sense). This should only affect the develoers who stored XML files with one of the development version of Subsurface that didn't store deviceids. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-28 14:36:47 +00:00
/* a 0 deviceid doesn't get a nickname - those come from development
* versions of Subsurface that didn't store the deviceid in the divecomputer entries */
if (!deviceid)
return NULL;
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
if (!model)
model = "";
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
while (known) {
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
if (!strcmp(known->model, model) && known->deviceid == deviceid)
return known;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
known = known->next;
}
return NULL;
}
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
const char *get_dc_nickname(const char *model, uint32_t deviceid)
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
{
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
struct dcnicknamelist *known = get_dc_nicknameentry(model, deviceid);
if (known) {
if (known->nickname && *known->nickname)
return known->nickname;
else
return known->model;
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
}
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
return NULL;
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
}
Fix nickname saving in XML file to deal with utf8 characters This makes the whole code much cleaner and simpler. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-31 04:27:01 +00:00
gboolean dc_was_saved(struct divecomputer *dc)
{
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = get_dc_nicknameentry(dc->model, dc->deviceid);
return nn_entry && nn_entry->saved;
}
void mark_dc_saved(struct divecomputer *dc)
{
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = get_dc_nicknameentry(dc->model, dc->deviceid);
if (nn_entry)
nn_entry->saved = TRUE;
}
void clear_dc_saved_status()
{
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = nicknamelist;
while (nn_entry) {
nn_entry->saved = FALSE;
nn_entry = nn_entry->next;
}
}
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
/* do we have a DIFFERENT divecomputer of the same model? */
static struct dcnicknamelist *get_different_dc_nicknameentry(const char *model, int deviceid)
Different is different from the same (fix silly bug in nickname handling) Trying to simplify the API for nickname handling I went a bit too far. We indeed need to different API calls, one that returns an entry in the nicknamelist for the deviceid that we have. And one that looks if there is an entry for a different deviceid but the same model that we have. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 17:06:23 +00:00
{
struct dcnicknamelist *known = nicknamelist;
Divecomputer entries with deviceid 0 should be ignored for nicknames Those only come from a number of development versions of Subsurface that didn't include the deviceid in the divecomputer entry. There is no way of telling different dive computers (of the same model) apart, so assigning a nickname to such an entry then creates incorrect output when loading an XML file from someone else (e.g. Linus and I both have a Uemis SDA and both may have entries for our own SDA with deviceid 0; then the nickname Subsurface shows for any Uemis SDA entry with a deviceid of 0 depends on whether I last loaded his XML file or mine; that makes no sense). This should only affect the develoers who stored XML files with one of the development version of Subsurface that didn't store deviceids. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-28 14:36:47 +00:00
/* a 0 deviceid matches any DC of the same model - those come from development
* versions of Subsurface that didn't store the deviceid in the divecomputer entries */
if (!deviceid)
return NULL;
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
if (!model)
model = "";
Different is different from the same (fix silly bug in nickname handling) Trying to simplify the API for nickname handling I went a bit too far. We indeed need to different API calls, one that returns an entry in the nicknamelist for the deviceid that we have. And one that looks if there is an entry for a different deviceid but the same model that we have. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 17:06:23 +00:00
while (known) {
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
if (known->model && !strcmp(known->model, model) &&
known->deviceid != deviceid)
Different is different from the same (fix silly bug in nickname handling) Trying to simplify the API for nickname handling I went a bit too far. We indeed need to different API calls, one that returns an entry in the nicknamelist for the deviceid that we have. And one that looks if there is an entry for a different deviceid but the same model that we have. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 17:06:23 +00:00
return known;
known = known->next;
}
return NULL;
}
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
/* no curly braces or commas, please */
static char *cleanedup_nickname(const char *nickname, int len)
{
char *clean;
if (nickname) {
char *brace;
if (!g_utf8_validate(nickname, -1, NULL))
return strdup("");
brace = clean = strdup(nickname);
while (*brace) {
if (*brace == '{')
*brace = '(';
else if (*brace == '}')
*brace = ')';
else if (*brace == ',')
*brace = '.';
brace = g_utf8_next_char(brace);
if (*brace && g_utf8_next_char(brace) - clean >= len)
*brace = '\0';
}
} else {
clean = strdup("");
}
return clean;
}
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
void replace_nickname_nicknamestring(const char *model, int deviceid, const char *nickname)
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
{
char buf[11];
char *entry, *comma1, *comma2, *brace, *new_nn;
int len;
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
if (!nickname)
nickname = "";
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "{%08x,", deviceid);
entry = strstr(nicknamestring, buf);
if (!entry)
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
/* this cannot happen as we know we have an entry for this deviceid */
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
goto bail;
len = strlen(entry);
comma1 = g_utf8_strchr(entry, len, ',');
if (!comma1)
goto bail;
len = strlen(comma1);
comma2 = g_utf8_strchr(comma1, len, ',');
brace = g_utf8_strchr(comma1, len, '}');
if (!brace)
goto bail;
if (!comma2 || brace < comma2) {
/* didn't have a nickname, so add one */
len = strlen(nicknamestring) + strlen(nickname) + 2;
*brace = '\0';
} else {
/* replace the nickname */
len = strlen(nicknamestring) + strlen(nickname) - (brace - comma2) + 1;
*comma2 = '\0';
}
new_nn = malloc(len);
if (strlen(nickname))
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
snprintf(new_nn, len, "%s,%s}%s", nicknamestring, nickname, brace + 1);
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
else
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
snprintf(new_nn, len, "%s}%s", nicknamestring, brace + 1);
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
free(nicknamestring);
nicknamestring = new_nn;
return;
bail:
printf("invalid nicknamestring %s (while looking at deviceid %08x\n", nicknamestring, deviceid);
return;
}
Add ability to remove a divecomputer from our data structures Right now this isn't used but it will be needed for the yet to be written UI to manage our divecomputer database. This commit also fixes an oversight in the remember_dc function. Updates to nicknames weren't committed to the config. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 21:27:49 +00:00
void remove_dc(const char *model, uint32_t deviceid, gboolean change_conf)
{
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry, **prevp = &nicknamelist;
char pattern[160];
char *nnstring, *brace;
if (!deviceid || !model || !*model)
return;
nn_entry = get_dc_nicknameentry(model, deviceid);
if (!nn_entry)
return;
while (prevp && *prevp != nn_entry)
prevp = &(*prevp)->next;
if (!prevp)
/* that should be impossible */
goto bail;
(*prevp) = nn_entry->next;
/* now remove it from the config string */
snprintf(pattern, sizeof(pattern), "{%08x,%s", deviceid, model);
nnstring = strstr(nicknamestring, pattern);
if (!nnstring)
goto bail;
brace = strchr(nnstring, '}');
if (!brace)
goto bail;
brace++;
memmove(nnstring, brace, strlen(brace) + 1);
if (change_conf)
subsurface_set_conf("dc_nicknames", PREF_STRING, nicknamestring);
#if defined(NICKNAME_DEBUG)
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = nicknamelist;
fprintf(debugfile, "nicknames:\n");
while (nn_entry) {
fprintf(debugfile, "id %8x model %s nickname %s\n", nn_entry->deviceid, nn_entry->model,
nn_entry->nickname && *nn_entry->nickname ? nn_entry->nickname : "(none)");
nn_entry = nn_entry->next;
}
fprintf(debugfile, "----------\n");
#endif
bail:
free(nn_entry);
}
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
void remember_dc(const char *model, uint32_t deviceid, const char *nickname, gboolean change_conf)
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
{
Divecomputer entries with deviceid 0 should be ignored for nicknames Those only come from a number of development versions of Subsurface that didn't include the deviceid in the divecomputer entry. There is no way of telling different dive computers (of the same model) apart, so assigning a nickname to such an entry then creates incorrect output when loading an XML file from someone else (e.g. Linus and I both have a Uemis SDA and both may have entries for our own SDA with deviceid 0; then the nickname Subsurface shows for any Uemis SDA entry with a deviceid of 0 depends on whether I last loaded his XML file or mine; that makes no sense). This should only affect the develoers who stored XML files with one of the development version of Subsurface that didn't store deviceids. Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-28 14:36:47 +00:00
/* we don't want to record entries with a deviceid of 0; those are from earlier
* development versions of Subsurface before we stored the hash in the divecomputer
* entries... we don't know which actual divecomputer those entries are from */
if (!deviceid)
return;
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
if (!nickname)
nickname = "";
if (!get_dc_nickname(model, deviceid)) {
Make sure that the user entered nickname is never truncated If the sizes of the two char buffers in set_dc_nickname() (nickname) and remember_dc() (buffer) are at least twice the size of the allowed maximum number of characters (sizeof(gunichar) = 2) set by gtk_entry_set_max_length() for the user nickname, no truncation will accur then calling snprintf() and cleanedup_nickname() on said buffers. Signed-off-by: Lubomir I. Ivanov <neolit123@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-16 12:03:17 +00:00
char buffer[160];
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = malloc(sizeof(struct dcnicknamelist));
nn_entry->deviceid = deviceid;
Make sure remember_dc has its own copy of the model string When called from the parser the model string is freed right after passing it to remember_dc. So we need to get our own copy. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-02 01:27:33 +00:00
nn_entry->model = strdup(model);
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
/* make sure there are no curly braces or commas in the string and that
* it will fit in the buffer */
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
nn_entry->nickname = cleanedup_nickname(nickname, sizeof(buffer) - 13 - strlen(model));
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
nn_entry->next = nicknamelist;
nicknamelist = nn_entry;
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
if (*nickname != '\0')
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "{%08x,%s,%s}", deviceid, model, nn_entry->nickname);
else
snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "{%08x,%s}", deviceid, model);
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
nicknamestring = realloc(nicknamestring, strlen(nicknamestring) + strlen(buffer) + 1);
strcat(nicknamestring, buffer);
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
} else {
/* modify existing entry */
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = get_dc_nicknameentry(model, deviceid);
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
if (!nn_entry->model || !*nn_entry->model)
nn_entry->model = model;
Fix incorrect memory access in nickname handling There was one code path where we didn't strdup the nickname - and this got triggered when parsing XML files with divecomputerid entries for dive computers that were already in the config. The nickname is then replaced with the nickname from the parser - and that memory is later reused... We should cleanup that nickname, anyway, and that also takes care of making sure we have our own copy. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-28 05:38:23 +00:00
nn_entry->nickname = cleanedup_nickname(nickname, 80);
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
replace_nickname_nicknamestring(model, deviceid, nickname);
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
}
Add ability to remove a divecomputer from our data structures Right now this isn't used but it will be needed for the yet to be written UI to manage our divecomputer database. This commit also fixes an oversight in the remember_dc function. Updates to nicknames weren't committed to the config. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2013-01-01 21:27:49 +00:00
if (change_conf)
subsurface_set_conf("dc_nicknames", PREF_STRING, nicknamestring);
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
#if defined(NICKNAME_DEBUG)
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = nicknamelist;
fprintf(debugfile, "nicknames:\n");
while (nn_entry) {
fprintf(debugfile, "id %8x model %s nickname %s\n", nn_entry->deviceid, nn_entry->model,
nn_entry->nickname && *nn_entry->nickname ? nn_entry->nickname : "(none)");
nn_entry = nn_entry->next;
}
fprintf(debugfile, "----------\n");
#endif
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
}
void set_dc_nickname(struct dive *dive)
{
GtkWidget *dialog, *vbox, *entry, *frame, *label;
Remove nickname from divecomputer data structure Having it there with the model information seemed to make sense but on second thought it's the wrong spot to keep that information, especially since we were storing it in the XML file in every single dive. This change removes the nickname member from the divecomputer and makes the rest of the code reasonably self consistent. It does not add much of the new code for the new design to handle nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 04:00:20 +00:00
char nickname[160] = "";
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
char dialogtext[1024];
Remove nickname from divecomputer data structure Having it there with the model information seemed to make sense but on second thought it's the wrong spot to keep that information, especially since we were storing it in the XML file in every single dive. This change removes the nickname member from the divecomputer and makes the rest of the code reasonably self consistent. It does not add much of the new code for the new design to handle nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 04:00:20 +00:00
const char *name = nickname;
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
struct divecomputer *dc = &dive->dc;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
if (!dive)
return;
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
while (dc) {
#if NICKNAME_DEBUG & 16
fprintf(debugfile, "set_dc_nickname for model %s deviceid %8x\n", dc->model ? : "", dc->deviceid);
#endif
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
if (get_dc_nickname(dc->model, dc->deviceid) == NULL) {
Different is different from the same (fix silly bug in nickname handling) Trying to simplify the API for nickname handling I went a bit too far. We indeed need to different API calls, one that returns an entry in the nicknamelist for the deviceid that we have. And one that looks if there is an entry for a different deviceid but the same model that we have. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 17:06:23 +00:00
struct dcnicknamelist *nn_entry = get_different_dc_nicknameentry(dc->model, dc->deviceid);
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
if (!nn_entry) {
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
/* just remember the dive computer without setting a nickname */
if (dc->model)
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
remember_dc(dc->model, dc->deviceid, "", TRUE);
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
} else {
dialog = gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(
_("Dive Computer Nickname"),
GTK_WINDOW(main_window),
GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_STOCK_OK, GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT,
GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL,
NULL);
vbox = gtk_dialog_get_content_area(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
snprintf(dialogtext, sizeof(dialogtext),
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
_("You already have a dive computer of this model\n"
"named %s\n"
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
"Subsurface can maintain a nickname for this device to "
"distinguish it from the existing one. "
"The default is the model and device ID as shown below.\n"
"If you don't want to name this dive computer click "
"'Cancel' and Subsurface will simply display its model "
"as its name (which may mean that you cannot tell the two "
Next improvement of the nickname code Now it is able to replace nicknames for existing entries (which will be needed by the yet to be written UI). This commit fixes a couple issues with the previous code: - a potential SIGSEGV with malformed config entries - missing closing parenthesis in the dialog box text Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-23 05:37:13 +00:00
"dive computers apart in the logs)."),
nn_entry->nickname && *nn_entry->nickname ? nn_entry->nickname :
(nn_entry->model && *nn_entry->model ? nn_entry->model : _("(nothing)")));
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
label = gtk_label_new(dialogtext);
gtk_label_set_line_wrap(GTK_LABEL(label), TRUE);
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), label, FALSE, TRUE, 3);
frame = gtk_frame_new(_("Nickname"));
gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, FALSE, TRUE, 3);
entry = gtk_entry_new();
gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), entry);
gtk_entry_set_max_length(GTK_ENTRY(entry), 68);
snprintf(nickname, sizeof(nickname), "%s (%08x)", dc->model, dc->deviceid);
gtk_entry_set_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry), nickname);
gtk_widget_show_all(dialog);
if (gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog)) == GTK_RESPONSE_ACCEPT) {
if (strcmp(dc->model, gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry))))
name = cleanedup_nickname(gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry)), sizeof(nickname));
}
gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
Add settings section to XML file format and store dive computer IDs We only store the model/deviceid/nickname for those dive computers that are mentioned in the XML file. This should make the XML files nicely selfcontained. This also changes the code to consistently use model & deviceid to identify a dive computer. The deviceid is NOT guaranteed to be collision free between different libdivecomputer backends... Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-26 21:47:54 +00:00
remember_dc(dc->model, dc->deviceid, name, TRUE);
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
}
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
}
Imrpove the nickname handling We now store the model information together with the deviceid and nickname in order to be able to check if we have a record for any dive computer with the same model (as that now triggers our nickname dialog). This changes the format of the config entries for nicknames - the best solution might be to just delete those and start again. What is still missing is the code to store the nicknames in the XML file. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-22 05:00:06 +00:00
dc = dc->next;
Add the ability to set a nickname for a dive computer We maintain a list of dive computers that we know about (by deviceid) and their nicknames in our config. If the user downloads dive from a dive computer that we haven't seen before, we give them the option to set a nickname for that dive computer. That nickname is displayed in the profile (and stored in the XML file, assuming it is not the same as the model). This implementation attempts to make sure that it correctly deals with utf8 nicknames. Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
2012-12-13 06:26:29 +00:00
}
}
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink